0% found this document useful (0 votes)

172 views271 pages

Worked Solutions for IB Mathematics

This document contains worked solutions to various exercises related to exponents and logarithms from the Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation textbook. It includes detailed calculations and explanations for each problem, covering topics such as logarithmic properties, exponential functions, and mathematical modeling. The solutions are organized by exercise number and provide step-by-step guidance for students.

Uploaded by

lopezanalcoximena

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

172 views271 pages

Worked Solutions for IB Mathematics

Uploaded by

lopezanalcoximena

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

WORKED

SOLUTIONS
1 Core: Exponents and logarithms

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 1A
44 2𝑥 4𝑥

45 𝑥 𝑦

46 2𝑎𝑏

47 a 𝐷 so 𝑛

Then 𝑛
√

b If 𝑛 2 then 𝐷 250 000

c If 𝐷 10 then 𝑛 10 so $10 million should be spent.

√

48 a When 𝑛 5, 𝑇 1000 𝑘 5 so 𝑘 8

When 𝑛 5, 𝑇 1000 𝑘 5 so 𝑘 40
b 𝑛

c Method 𝐵 will be faster at factorising a 10 digit number.

The answer to part b shows that the ratio of times is proportional to 𝑛. Since the times
are equal for 𝑛 5, it follows that method 𝐵 is faster for 𝑛 5 and method 𝐴 is faster
for 𝑛 5.
49 10 2 2 18
2 8 2
𝑥 2
50 9 3
3 3
2𝑥 𝑥 5 so 𝑥 5
51 5 25 5
5 5 5 5
𝑥 1 2 2𝑥 so 𝑥 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 1

Worked solutions
2 2 2
2 2
3𝑥 4𝑥 1 so 𝑥 1
53 25 125 5
5 5 5
5 5
4𝑥 8 𝑥 2
3𝑥 6 so 𝑥 2
54 a 𝑃 0.8𝑇 and 𝑅 5𝑃
Then 𝑅 5 0.8𝑇 5 0.64𝑇 3.2𝑇

b Rearranging: 𝑇
.

When 𝑅 2 10 then 𝑇 250 °K

. .

55 a Time 𝑡

b Fuel used 0.5𝑣 𝑡 0.5𝑣 1.5𝑣

c If it uses the full tank of fuel, 1.5𝑣 60 so 𝑣 40.

The maximum constant speed for the journey is 40 km h
56
8 2 1 1
4
32 2
2
1 : 2 2 1
2 2
3𝑥 𝑦 0 (3)

2 : 32
2 2
2𝑥 𝑦 5 (4)
3 4 : 5𝑥 5 so 𝑥 1 and then 𝑦 3
57 6 81 2
2 3 3 2
3 3 so 𝑥 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

Worked solutions
32 2 2 2
32 2
2 2 so 𝑥 6
59 𝑥 2 1
So either
(a) 𝑥 5 0 or
(b) 𝑥 2 1 or
(c) 𝑥 2 1 and 𝑥 5 is even
Then the solutions are (a) 𝑥 5 or (b) 𝑥 3 or (c) 𝑥 1
60 2 128 and 5 125
So 2 5 , so it follows that 2 5
2 5 .
61 Any integer ending in 6 will have all positive integer powers also ending in 6, and any
integer ending in 1 will have all positive integer powers also ending in 1.
It follows that 316 631 will terminate in 7 for any positive integers 𝑎 and 𝑏.

Exercise 1B
14
𝑎 𝑏 4 10 5 10
4 5 10 10
20 10
2 10
15
𝑐 𝑑 1.4 10 5 10
1.4 5 10 10
7 10
16
𝑎
4 10 5 10
𝑏
4 5 10 10
0.8 10
8 10
17
𝑐 𝑑 1.4 10 2 10
1.4 2 10 10
0.7 10
7 10

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

Worked solutions
𝑎 𝑏 4.7 10 7.1 10
4.7 10 0.71 10
3.99 10
19
𝑑 𝑐 4.2 10 3.98 10
4.2 10 0.398 10
3.802 10
20 a 𝑝 1.22 10
b
𝑝
12.2 10 3.05 10
𝑞
12.2 3.05 10 10
4 10
400
c 4 10

21 6 10

22 1.99 10 g
.

23 a 15 10 m 1.5 10 m
b
1
𝑉 𝜋 1.5 10
6
1
𝜋 3.375 10
6
1.77 10 m
24 a 3.04 10 1.02 10 3.04 1.02 10 10 2.98
b 741 10 7.41 10
c Europe:
Population per m 7.41 10 1.02 10
7.41 1.02 10 10
7.26 10
Africa:
Population per m 1.2 10 3.04 10
1.2 3.04 10 10
0.395 10
3.95 10
Europe has more population per square metre.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

Worked solutions
𝑐 10 3 10 5 10
3 5 10 10
15 10
1.5 10
a 𝑐 1.5
b 𝑑 𝑎 𝑏 1
26
𝑐 10 2 10 5 10
2 5 10 10
0.4 10
4 10
a 𝑐 4
b 𝑑 𝑎 𝑏 1
27
𝑐 10 𝑥𝑦
𝑎 10 𝑏 10
𝑎 𝑏 10 10
𝑎𝑏 10

If 4 𝑎 𝑏 9 then 16 𝑎𝑏 81 so 1.6 8.1 which would be the required form

for the value to be in standard form.
𝑎𝑏
𝑐 10 10
10
Then 𝑟 𝑝 𝑞 1

Exercise 1C
37
1 2 log 𝑥 9
2 log 𝑥 8
log 𝑥 4
𝑥 10 10000
38
log 3𝑥 4 3
3𝑥 4 10 1000
𝑥 332
39 ln e e ln e 𝑎 𝑏
40
10 5
𝑥 log 5 0.699

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Worked solutions
3 10 20
20
10
3
20
𝑥 log 0.824
3
42
2 10 6 20
2 10 14
10 7
𝑥 log 7 0.845
43
5 20 8 2
5 2 10 8 2
5 2 10 8 2
5 10 8
8
10𝑥 1.6
5
𝑥 log 1.6
44 a pH log 2.5 10 7.60
b 1.9 log 𝐻
.
H 10 0.0126 moles per litre.
45 a When 𝑡 0, 𝑅 10 e 10
.
b When 𝑅 5, 5 10 e
5 0.1𝑡
𝑒
10
10
2 𝑒0.1𝑡
5
0.1𝑡 ln 2
𝑡 10 ln 2 6.93
46 a i When 𝑡 0, 𝐵 1000 e 1000
.
ii When 𝑡 2, 𝐵 1000 e 1221
.
b When 𝐵 3000, 3000 1000 e
.
e 3
𝑡 10 ln 3 11.0 hours
. .
47 Require 200 e 100 e
.
e 2
1
𝑡 ln 2 4.62
0.15

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

Worked solutions
𝐿 10 log 10 5 10
10 log 5 10
57.0 db
b
𝐿 10 log 10 5 10
10 log 5 10
67.0 db
c Increasing 𝐼 by a factor of 10 Increases the noise level by 10 db
d 90 10 log 10 𝐼
log 10 𝐼 9
10 𝐼 10
𝐼 10 Wm
49 a 20 e
b 20 7

e e
e e
𝑥 ln 20 ln 7
ln 7
𝑥
ln 20
50
log 𝑥𝑦 3 1
log 1 2

1 : 𝑥𝑦 10 (3)
2 : 10 (4)

3 4 :𝑥 10 so 𝑥 10 100
The solutions are: 𝑥 100, 𝑦 10 or 𝑥 100, 𝑦 10
51
Tip: You can solve this question very quickly if you know the rule of logarithms that
𝑎
𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑎 𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑏 𝑙𝑜𝑔
𝑏
Then 𝑙𝑜𝑔 10𝑥 𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑥 𝑙𝑜𝑔 10 1.
Without this information, the question can still be solved, but it is more time-consuming.
One approach is shown below. If you generalise this, you can prove the rule of logarithms
above.
Suppose log 10𝑥 log 𝑥 𝑐
Then
10 10

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

Worked solutions
10𝑥 𝑥
10
10
So 𝑐 1

Mixed Practice
1 a
Perimeter 2 2680 cm 1970 cm
9300 cm
9.3 10 cm
b
Area 2680 cm 1970 cm
5 279 600 cm
5 280 000 cm
2
3𝑥𝑦 9𝑥 𝑦
𝑥𝑦 𝑥 𝑦
9𝑦
𝑥
3
3𝑥
3𝑥 𝑦
𝑦
𝑦
3𝑥
𝑦
9𝑥
4 a 𝑘 𝑃𝑅 4 000 000

b When 𝑅 4, 𝑃 1 000 000

c 𝑅 𝑘𝑃 so when 𝑃 250 000, 𝑅 16

5
8 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2
2𝑥 6 so 𝑥 3
6
𝑎𝑏 3 10 4 10
3 4 10 10
12 10
1.2 10

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

Worked solutions
𝑎
1 10 5 10
𝑏
1 5 10 10
0.2 10
2 10
8
𝑎 𝑏 5 10 3 10
5 10 0.3 10
4.7 10

9
distance
Time
speed
1.5 10 m 3 10 m s
1.5 3 10 10 s
0.5 10 s
500 s
10
log 𝑥 1 2
𝑥 1 10 100
𝑥 99
11
ln 2𝑥 3
2𝑥 e
𝑥 0.5e
12 e 2
𝑥 ln 2 0.693 (to 3 s.f.)
13 5 10 17
10 3.4
𝑥 log 3.4 0.531 (to 3 s.f.)

14 5e 1 𝑦
5e 𝑦 1
𝑦 1
e
5
𝑦 1
𝑥 ln
5
15 a 2 8 2 so 𝑚 3
2 16 2 so 𝑛 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

Worked solutions
8 16
2 2
2 2
6𝑥 3 8𝑥 12
2𝑥 15
𝑥 7.5
16
7 10 4 10 𝑐 10
7 4 10 10 𝑐 10
28 10 𝑐 10
2.8 10 𝑐 10
a 𝑐 2.8
b 𝑑 𝑎 𝑏 1
17
6 10 5 10 𝑐 10
6 5 10 10 𝑐 10
1.2 10 𝑐 10
a 𝑐 1.2
b 𝑑 𝑎 𝑏

18 pH 6.1 log

Rearranging:
.
10

H CO .

When pH 7.35 and HCO 0.579, H CO 0.0326

When pH 7.45 and HCO 0.579, H CO 0.0259
So the range of carbonic acid concentrations is 0.0259 to 0.0326
.
19 𝑣 1350 1 e
.
a When 𝑡 1, 𝑣 1350 1 e 9.42 m s
.
b At 𝑡 600, the model predicts 𝑣 1350 1 e 1330 m s
Yes, he would be expected to break the speed of sound.
Ordinarily, air resistance would prevent such high speeds being reached so soon during a
free fall, but by jumping from the edge of the atmosphere, the effect of air resistance was
reduced during the initial period of the fall.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 10

Worked solutions
b 𝐴′ 10𝐴
′
𝑆 log 10𝐴
′
𝑆 log 10 log 𝐴
′
𝑆 1 𝑆
When 𝐴 increases by a factor of 10, 𝑆 increases by one unit.
. .
c 𝐴 10 so when 𝑆 9.5, 𝐴 10 μm 10 m 3162 m
21 3 20 2
3 20 2 2
2
10
3
2
𝑥 log 0.176
3
22
9 3 1
4
16
2
3 3
2 2
2𝑥 𝑦 0 1
2𝑥 𝑦 4 2
1 2 : 4𝑥 4 so 𝑥 1, 𝑦 2
23
log 𝑥𝑦 0
𝑥
log 3
𝑦
𝑥𝑦 1 1
𝑥
10 2
𝑦
1 2 :𝑥 10 so 𝑥 10, 𝑦 0.1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 11

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 2A
21 7, 𝑑 11
a 19𝑑 216
b 𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1
20
𝑆 2 7 11 19 2230
2
22 3, 7 𝑑
a 𝑑 4
b 7𝑑 31
c 𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1

15
𝑆 2 3 4 14 465
2
23 𝑑 5, 13 𝑑
a 8
b 𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1
10
𝑆 2 8 5 9 305
2
24 8, 67 15𝑑
a 15𝑑 67 75 so 𝑑 5
b 24𝑑 112
25 a 4 of 300 is 300 0.04 12
Simple interest: The same interest sum is earned each year.
At the end of the first year, Sam has 300 1 12 312.
b At the end of the tenth year, Sam has 300 10 12 420.
26 On his 21st birthday, the grandparents have paid in 20 supplementary 10 amounts.
The balance is 100 20 10 300

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 1

Worked solutions
Then 10 and 𝑑 20.
𝑑 𝑛 1
10 20 𝑛 1 270
260
𝑛 1 13
20
𝑛 14
28 11, 75 𝑑 𝑛 1

a If 𝑑 8 then 8 𝑛 1 11 75 so 𝑛 1 8 𝑛 9
𝑛 9
𝑆 11 75 387
2 2
b If 𝑑 4 then 4 𝑛 1 11 75 so 𝑛 1 16 𝑛 17
𝑛 17
𝑆 11 75 731
2 2
Tip: Be careful not to assume that halving the difference for a sequence with a fixed start and
end point either doubles the number of terms (it doubles n 1 instead ) or doubles the total
sum. either is valid.
29 26 9𝑑 1
83 29𝑑 2
2 1 : 20𝑑 57
49𝑑 20𝑑 140
Tip: Be alert to simple approaches. At no point in this problem did you need to calculate
or 𝑑.
30 a 8, 𝑑 3, 68 𝑑 𝑛 1
Then 3 𝑛 1 60 so,
𝑛 1 20
𝑛 21
b 𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1
21
𝑆 2 8 3 20 798
2
31 a 35 6𝑑 1
112 17𝑑 2
2 1 : 11𝑑 77
So 𝑑 7, and then 6𝑑 7
b 𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1
18
𝑆 2 7 7 17 945
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

Worked solutions
156 29𝑑 2
2 1 : 20𝑑 140
49𝑑 20𝑑 296
b 𝑑 7 so 16 9𝑑 47
𝑛
𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1
2
20
2 47 7 19 390
2
33 et 5𝑛 3
Then 2 and 𝑑 5
𝑛
𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1
2
16
𝑆 2 2 5 15 632
2
34 There must be a common difference between the terms.
So:
2𝑥 1 3𝑥 1 4𝑥 5 2𝑥 1
𝑥 2𝑥 6
3𝑥 6
𝑥 2
35 2 , 28
Then 4𝑑 2 𝑑 1
and 6𝑑 28 2
1 : 2𝑑
Substituting into 2 : 8𝑑 28 so 2𝑑 7
4𝑑 28 2 7 42
36 , 27
𝑑 2𝑑 9𝑑 1
6𝑑 27 2
1 :3 3𝑑 9𝑑 so 2 6𝑑
Substituting into 2 : 3 27 so 9 and then 𝑑 3
Then 11𝑑 42
37 Arithmetic sequence with common difference 𝑑 4
𝑛
𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1
2
20
𝑆 2 10 4 19 960
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

Worked solutions
If the sequence has terms, 139
𝑑 1 7 12 1 139
12 5 139
12
12
𝑆 7 139 876
2 2
b 𝑣 7, 𝑑 6
If the sequence has terms, 𝑣 139.
𝑣 𝑣 𝑑 1
7 6 1 139
6 1 139
23
23
𝑆 𝑣 𝑣 7 139 1679
2 2
c 7, 𝑑 6, 12
12
𝑆 2 𝑑 1 2 7 6 11 480
2 2
39 Estimating 53, 211 4𝑑 so 𝑑 39.5

Then 9𝑑 408.5

40 Estimating 3, 33 3𝑑 so 𝑑 10

Then 5𝑑 53
41 1
𝑎 𝑑 1
3𝑎 5 2𝑑 2
2 1 2 : 𝑎 5
So 𝑎 5 1 and therefore 𝑎 6 so 𝑑 7
Then 3𝑑 20
Tip: Alternatively, use the fact that 1 2 for any 𝑛 in an arithmetic sequence.
So 2 so 3𝑎 5 2𝑎 1 from which 𝑎 6
Then 2 5𝑎 10 20 directly, without calculating 𝑑 at all.
42 et be the number of minutes of screentime on day 𝑛.
200 and 𝑑 5 in the arithmetic progression.
a e gives gets to ero minutes on day where 0
𝑑 1 200 5 1 0 so 41

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

Worked solutions
𝑆 2 𝑑 1
2
41
2 200 5 41 7995 minutes total
1
43 et be the number of steps taken on day 𝑛.
1000, 𝑑 500 in an arithmetic sequence.
a Require least such that 10000
1 𝑑
10000 1000 500 1
9000
1 19
500
On the 19th day he takes 10 000 steps.
b Require such that 𝑆 540 000

𝑆 2 𝑑 1
2
540000 2 1000 500 1
2
1080000 2000 500 500
2160 3
3 2160 0
48 45 0
48 (reject) or 45
It takes 45 days.
44
: Three methods are shown here the first method takes the formula given for the sum
and compares it to the standard general formula to find and 𝑑.
The second method is uses the fact that 𝑆 and that the difference in sequential sums is a
single term: 𝑆 𝑆 from this we can find both and 𝑑 indirectly, if needed.
The third uses again that 𝑆 𝑆 to find the formula for the general term . or this
question, this is unnecessarily laborious but is potentially useful in more complicated situations,
or when only this is required, as in question below.
d1 pa a i d pa a a
a 𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1 2𝑛 𝑛 for all 𝑛 for this sequence

𝑛 2 𝑑 𝑑𝑛 4𝑛 2𝑛
𝑑𝑛 2 𝑑 𝑛 4𝑛 2𝑛
omparing coefficients, 𝑑 4 and 2 𝑑 2 so 2 6 and so 3
Then 3, 7
b 49𝑑 3 49 4 199

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Worked solutions
a 𝑆 2𝑛 𝑛 so 𝑆 3 and 𝑆 10.
𝑆 3
𝑆 𝑆 7
b
𝑆 𝑆
2 50 50 2 49 49
5050 4851 199
d3 i a i d a a
𝑆 𝑆
2𝑛 𝑛 2 𝑛 1 𝑛 1
2𝑛 𝑛 2𝑛 4𝑛 2 𝑛 1
4𝑛 1
a 4 1 1 3
4 2 1 7
b 4 50 1 199
45 𝑆 𝑆
𝑛 4𝑛 𝑛 1 4 𝑛 1
𝑛 4𝑛 𝑛 2𝑛 1 4𝑛 4
2𝑛 3
46 5
Then 8𝑑 4 2𝑑
8𝑑 4 8𝑑
0
47 7 15 105
7 143 1001
The multiples of 7 form an arithmetic sequence with common difference 𝑑 7.
et 105, 𝑑 7 and 𝑛 143 15 128
𝑛
𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1
2
128
𝑆 2 105 7 127 70336
2
48 Multiples of 5 (not including 0 which does not change the sum): 5, 𝑑 5, 100
20
𝑆 2 5 5 19 1050
2
Multiples of 15 (not including 0): 𝑣 15, 𝑑 15, 90
6
𝑆 2 15 15 5 315
2
Then the sum of multiples of 5 which are not also multiples of 3 will be 1050 315 735

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

Worked solutions
𝑆 20 400 cm so 20 cm

50 4
𝑎 4 𝑑 1
𝑏 4 2𝑑 2
𝑎 𝑏 4 3𝑑 3
3 2 1 : 2𝑏 4 so 𝑏 2. Then 𝑑 1 so 5𝑑 1
51 a
𝑎 𝑛𝑑 𝑎 𝑛 1 𝑑
𝑑
The difference between consecutive terms is shown to be constant 𝑑.
b
𝑎𝑛 𝑏𝑛 𝑎 𝑛 1 𝑏 𝑛 1
𝑎𝑛 𝑏𝑛 𝑎𝑛 2𝑎𝑛 𝑎 𝑏𝑛 𝑏
2𝑎𝑛 𝑎 𝑏
𝐴 𝑛𝐷
where 𝐴 𝑎 𝑏 and 𝐷 2𝑎
sing part a, this is the formula for an arithmetic sequence with constant difference 𝐷
2𝑎.
52 a The first 9 positive integers are single digits, for a total of 9 digits written
The next 10 integers (10 to 19) are double-digit numbers, so contain a total of 20 digits.
In all, she has written 29 digits.
b The values up to 99 will contain a total of
9 digits (single digit values 1 to 9)
180 digits (double digit values 10 to 99)
If she has written a total of 342 digits then the remaining 153 digits are from triple-digit
numbers.
153 3 51 so she has written 51 triple-digit values
100 is the first, so 150 is the 51st.
Alessia has written values up to 150.

Exercise 2B
16 a 128, 𝑟 0.5
𝑟 1

b 𝑆 128 255

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

Worked solutions
a 𝑟 2
b 𝑟 96

c 𝑆 3 3069

18 24 𝑟 1
81 𝑟 2

a 2 1 :𝑟

𝑟 1.5

b 𝑟 81 182.25

19
Tip: Rather than use 𝑛 to count the number of days, it can be simpler to use 𝑛 to count the
number of complete periods of doubling. You then need less work for calculating terms of the
sequence, but must take care when interpreting what day corresponds to what value of 𝑛.
As is always the case in problems like this, if the question does not define the terms of a
sequence, you should give a definition in your answer, but are free to do this however seems
most convenient.
et be the area of algal cover on day 8𝑛 7 (the start of the 𝑛th -day period).
15, 𝑟 2 in a geometric sequence.
The start of week 9 is day 57 which corresponds to 𝑛 8
𝑟 15 2 1920 cm
20 et be the concentration on day 2𝑛 1.

1.2 and 𝑟 for a geometric sequence.

After 12 days, 𝑛 6.
𝑟 1.2 0.5 0.0375 mg ml
21 8, 12 so 4 𝑟
𝑟 0.5
1
1 𝑟 1
𝑆 8 32 15.5
1 𝑟 1
1
2
22 et be the time taken on the 𝑛th attempt
5, 𝑟 0.8 in a geometric sequence.
𝑟 0.671 seconds
23
Tip: As in several questions towards the end of this exercise, the question describes a situation
and defining a sequence should be the first step of a formal answer.
et be the volume of water at the start of day 𝑛 of the drought.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

Worked solutions
𝑟 3580 m
b Require such that 2000
Then 𝑟 2000
2000
𝑟 0.4
1 log 𝑟 log 0.4
0.036 1 0.398
0.398
1
0.036
11.99
At the start of day 12, the reservoir holds less than 2000 m , so it takes 11 days to use
up 3000 m .
24 𝑟 (1)
𝑟 ( )
But 8 so 𝑟 8, from which 𝑟 2

255

25 et be the number of grains on the 𝑛th square is a geometric sequence with 𝑟 2.

a 𝑟 2 9.22 10

b 𝑆 2 1 1.84 10

c Mass of Sissa’s reward: 0.1 g 1.84 10 g

This would take 1.84 10 7.5 10 2450 years.
26 𝑟

𝑦𝑥 and 𝑥 𝑦 so the sequence is consistent, and no relation between 𝑥 and

𝑦 can be determined.
𝑟 so the general term 𝑥𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 𝑦
27 eometric sequence with 3 and 𝑟 2.

𝑆 3 3 1023 3069

28 𝑟 𝑥 and also 𝑟 2𝑥 1

So 𝑥 2𝑥 1
𝑥 1
𝑟 1
29 Sum of a geometric sequence with 3 and 𝑟 3.

𝑆 3 88 572

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

Worked solutions
0.6 and 𝑟 0.8 in a geometric sequence.
a 𝑟 0.246 so the height of the 5th bounce is 0.246 m.
b rom the top of the 1st bounce to the top of the 5th bounce would be distance
2 0.6 2 0.48 0.384 0.3072 0.24576
3.19 m
c The bounce height and value of 𝑟 are only given to 1 significant figure, so even if a
geometric model were precise for the loss of energy from a bouncing system, the
accuracy of the output would be poor for high powers of 𝑟.
In any case, at the level of detail predicted by the model at the 20th bounce, we would
expect that measurement error and imperfections in the ground surface and ball surface
and composition would swamp the prediction.

Exercise 2C
16 800 1.03 900.41
17 10 000 1.05 14 071
.
18 4 annual rate is equivalent to 1 1.00333 monthly multiplier

$8000 1.00333 $8 839.90

.
19 5.8 annual rate is equivalent to 1 1.00483 monthly multiplier.

15 000 1.00483 16 360.02

20 20 000 0.85 8870 to 3 s. .
21 a The return will be better when interest is applied monthly, due to the effect of
compounding.
After 1 year at compounded annually, the account stands at
1000 1.06 1060
After 1 year at compounded monthly, the account stands at
0.06
1000 1 1061.68
12
b After 10 years at compounded annually, the account stands at
1000 1.06 1790.85
After 10 years at compounded monthly, the account stands at
0.06
1000 1 1819.40
12
The difference is 28.55
22 20 depreciation and . interest rate: After the first year the value is
15 000 0.775 11 625
10 depreciation and . interest rate for 4 years: 11 625 0.875 6814.36

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 10

Worked solutions
a a a p cia i d a
a $ p $ a $
1 20 000 6 000 14 000
14 000 4 200 9 800
3 9 800 2 940 6 860
4 6 860 2 058 4 802
4 802 1 441 3361
3361 1 008 2 353
2 353 706 1 647
1 647 147 1 500

24 The annual real terms percentage change is 𝑟 𝑐 6.2 3.2 3

So over 5 years, the real terms percentage increase is 1.03 1 15.9
25 12 annual interest: 1 monthly interest
Monthly interest of 1 gives 1 0.01 1 12.7 annual equivalent rate (AER)
Tip: Be careful to distinguish between annual interest rate’ which is 12 monthly interest and
Annual Equivalent Rate (AER), which is the effective rate over a year, after consideration of
compounding.
AER is often published in financial offers because it allows easy comparison between products
applying compound interest at different intervals.
or example:
Account 𝐴 compounds monthly at an annual rate of 12 so would have a monthly rate of 1
for an AER of 12.68 (as in this question)
Account 𝐵 compounds quarterly at an annual rate of 12.1 so would have a quarterly rate of
3.025 for an AER of 12.66 . Although account 𝐵 has a higher annual rate, account 𝐴
actually has a slightly higher AER.
.
26 a Real terms percentage increase 𝑟 1 1 2.44
.

b Over the course of 5 years, this would produce a 1.0244 1 12.8 increase in real
terms.
27 a 250 1 10 250 10 marks 250 billion marks
.
b sing the exact formula for adjustment: 𝑟

So at year end, 2 10 marks would have a real terms value of

1.2
2 10 2.4 10 0.0024 marks
10
.
c

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 11

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
So at year end, 25 10 marks after application of interest would have a real terms

Worked solutions
.
value of 25 10 29 10 0.029 marks

Mixed Practice
.
1 a 4.5 nominal annual rate is equivalent to 1 1.00375 monthly multiplier

$5000 1.00375 $6847.26

b Current alue 7000, Future alue 14 000, 𝑛 10, pa ments ear 1.
alculator gives 𝐼 7.18
arla requires at least 7.18 annual rate to achieve her aim.
2 a i 𝑑 is an arithmetic sequence, with common difference 0.05

ii 𝑏 is a geometric sequence, with common ratio

b i ommon ratio is

ii 𝑒 6, 𝑟

𝑒 𝑒 𝑟

3 a 𝑑 2
b 7𝑑 14 10 so 4
c 𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1

So 𝑆 2 4 2 19 300

4 a 2 and 8 𝑟 so 𝑟 4
b 𝑟 2 4 512

c 𝑆

4 1
𝑆 2 43 690
4 1
5 et be net profit in year 𝑛, in thousand dollars.
100 and follows an arithmetic progression with common difference 𝑑 15
east such that 0:
1 𝑑 0
100 15 1 0
15 1 100
100
1 7.6
15
The company is first profitable in the th year.
6 et be the value at the start of the 𝑛th year, in thousand dollars.
25 and follows an arithmetic progression with common difference 𝑑 1.5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 12

Worked solutions
1 𝑑 10
25 1.5 1 10
1.5 1 15
11
At the start of the 11th year, the car has value $10 000 so it takes 10 years to fall to that
value.
7 et be the height of the sunflower 𝑛 weeks after being planted, in cm.
20 and follows a geometric progression with common ratio 𝑟 1.25
a 𝑟 20 1.25 48.8 cm
b east such that 100:
𝑟
20 1.25 100
1.25 5
Tip: If you are comfortable using logarithms with base other than 10 or e then you can calculate
the solution directly as 1 log . 5. Otherwise, use a change of base method or simply let
the calculator solve this directly using an equation solver or graph solver.
1 7.2
8.2
It takes weeks for the plant to exceed 100 cm.
8 a Current alue 500, 𝑛 16, pa ments ear 4, 3.
alculator gives Future alue 563.50
After 4 years, unal has a balance of 563.50 euros.
b Current alue 500, pa ments ear 4, 3, Future alue 600
alculator gives 𝑛 24.4
It will take quarters (six and a quarter years) for unal to earn 100 euros of interest.
9 et be the population at the end of year 2000 𝑛
7.7 10 and follows a geometric progression with 𝑟 1.011.
a 𝑟 8.04 10
According to the model, at the end of 2022 the world’s population will be approximately
8.0 billion.
b east such that 9 10 :
𝑟
7.7 1.011 9
32.3
According to the model, the world’s population will exceed 9 billion during 2033.

10 a i 30 90 3𝑑 so 𝑑 20

ii 𝑑 10

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 13

Worked solutions
𝑣 10 𝑣 30 𝑣 90
So the common ratio 𝑟 3
𝑣 𝑣 𝑟 10 3 7290
11 a Substituting for 𝑛 in the formula of 𝑆 :
i 𝑆 6 1 7
ii 𝑆 12 4 16
b 𝑆 𝑆 16 7 9
c 𝑆 7 and 9 so common difference 𝑑 2
d 9𝑑 7 18 25
east such that 1000:
𝑑 1
7 2 1 1000
993
1 497.5
2
The first term which exceeds 1000 is
𝑆 1512 6𝑛 𝑛
Solving the quadratic: 𝑛 36 (reject solution 𝑛 42)
12 𝑥
𝑑 2𝑥 4 so 𝑑 𝑥 4 1
2𝑑 5𝑥 so 𝑑 2𝑥 2
1 2 :𝑥 4 2𝑥 so 𝑥 4
13 a The difference between consecutive terms in the sequence are
𝑑 10, 𝑑 12, 𝑑 9, 𝑑 9.
Mean difference is 10 and all the observed differences are close to this value.
b 5𝑑
Taking the value 𝑑 10, this predicts 74 audience members.
14 Sum of a geometric sequence with 2 and 𝑟 2.

𝑆 2 8190

15 et be the number of widgets sold in the 𝑛th month.

100 and follows an arithmetic progression with common difference 𝑑 20.
𝑛
𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1
2
Require least such that 𝑆 4000

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 14

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
Worked solutions
200 20 1 4000
2
10 90 4000 0
rom calculator, this has solution 16
It takes 16 months to sell a total of 4000 widgets.

16 1 𝑎2 𝑏2 and 𝑟 𝑎 𝑏

1 𝑛 1
𝑛 1 𝑟𝑛 1 𝑎2 𝑏 2 𝑎2 𝑏 𝑎2 𝑏 2 𝑎2𝑛 2 𝑏1 𝑛

2𝑛 3 𝑛
𝑛 𝑎 𝑏
17 et be the cost of the 𝑛th metre in thousand dollars.
10 and follows an arithmetic progression with common difference 𝑑 0.5.
𝑛
𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1
2
𝑆 100 20 0.5 199 11 950
A 200 m tunnel will cost $11.95 million.
18 et be the amount deposited on Elsa’s 𝑛 1 th birthday, in dollars.
100 and follows an arithmetic progression with common difference 𝑑 50
𝑛
𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1
2
𝑆 9.5 200 50 18 $10 450
Tip: ote that this working used 𝑆 because the standard formula for 𝑆 gives . This
requires defining so that the first value is given as . The 18th birthday gift was therefore
.
An alternative approach would be to define 𝑣 as the amount deposited on the 𝑛th birthday, so
𝑣 150.
Then the total up to and including the 18th birthday gift would be

18
100 𝑣 100 2 150 50 17 100 1 350 1 450
2

The answer is of course the same, and the method is entirely for the mathematician to choose
just make sure you define the terms in your sequence clearly, for both your own and your
readers’ benefit.
.
19 The annual real terms change multiplier is 1 𝑟 1.028
.

So over 3 years, the real terms percentage increase is 1.028 1 8.63

.
20 The annual real terms change multiplier is 1 𝑟 0.882
.

So after 4 years, the real terms value is $2000 0.883 $1212.27

21 nder scheme 𝐴, his balance after 𝑛 years is $ 1000 25𝑛
nder scheme 𝐵, his balance after 𝑛 years is $ 1000 1.02
By calculator, 𝐴 𝐵 for 𝑛 22.7
So, for the first years, 𝐴 is better than 𝐵.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 15

Worked solutions
b i 𝑎 8
ii 𝑎 10
c 𝑑 2
d i 𝑎 4 2𝑛
If the final ( th) pumpkin has 𝑎 48 (distance to the pumpkin and back to the start
line) then 22.
ii 𝑆 2𝑎 𝑑 𝑛 1

𝑆 11 12 2 21 594
Sirma ran a total of 594 m.
𝑆 12 2 𝑚 1 940

𝑚 5𝑚 940
By calculator, 𝑚 28.3
So eter has completed 28 runs and has collected 28 pumpkins.
𝑆 14 12 2 27 924
The 29th pumpkin is 𝑎 62 m away from the start line.
eter has run 940 924 16 m of the way through the 29th collection, so he has not
reached the pumpkin and is still on the outward journey, 16 m away from the start line.
23 et the arithmetic sequence be with common difference 𝑑 and the geometric sequence
be 𝑣 with common ratio 𝑟.
Then 𝑎 𝑑 𝑛 1 and 𝑣 𝑣 𝑟
𝑣 𝑎 6𝑑 1
𝑣 𝑎 2𝑑 𝑣 𝑟 2
𝑣 𝑎 𝑣 𝑟 3

2 1 :𝑟 4

3 2 :𝑟 5

Equating 4 and 5 :

𝑎 2𝑑 𝑎 𝑎 6𝑑
𝑎 4𝑎𝑑 4𝑑 𝑎 6𝑎𝑑
2𝑎𝑑 4𝑑
Then 𝑎 2𝑑 as required.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 16

Worked solutions
Then 𝑟

𝑛 𝑛 3 3 6𝑛 9𝑛
2𝑎 𝑑 𝑛 1 𝑛 1
2 2 4 8 16

1 𝑟 1
𝑣 𝑣 6 1
1 𝑟 2

Require the least 𝑛 such that 200 6 1

rom the calculator, 𝑛 31.7 so the least such 𝑛 is 32.

24 a nder program 𝐴, she runs 𝑎 10 2 𝑚 1 km on day 𝑚.
nder program 𝐵, she runs 𝑏 10 1.15 km on day 𝑛.
If 𝑎 42 then 𝑚 17 she first reaches 42 km on day 17.
If 𝑏 42 then 𝑛 11.3 she first reaches 42 km on day 1 .
b 𝑎 follows an arithmetic progression with 𝑎 10 and 𝑑 2

𝑚 𝑚
𝑎 2𝑎 𝑑 𝑚 1 20 2 𝑚 1 𝑚 9𝑚
2 2

𝑚 9𝑚 90 for 𝑚 6 so under program 𝐴 she completes 90 km on day 6.

𝑏 follows a geometric progression with 𝑏 10 and 𝑟 1.15

𝑟 1 1.15 1
𝑏 𝑏 10
𝑟 1 0.15
.
10 90 for 𝑚 6.1 so under program 𝐵 she completes 90 km on day 7.
.

25 a et be the salary in year 𝑛, in thousand pounds.

follows an arithmetic progression with 25 and common difference 𝑑 1.5
𝑑 𝑛 1 so 25 1.5 29 68.5
inal year salary is 68 500
b 𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1

𝑆 15 50 1.5 29 1 402 500

c 43 800
.

In terms of the value at the beginning of the 30 year career, the final year salary has real
value 43 800.
26 9𝑑
3𝑑
If 2 then 9𝑑 2 6𝑑
Rearranging: 3𝑑 so 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 17

Worked solutions
𝑏 𝑎 𝑘
𝑐 𝑎 2𝑘
𝑑 𝑎 3𝑘
Then
2 𝑏 𝑐 2 𝑘 2𝑘
𝑏𝑐 𝑎𝑑 𝑎 𝑘 𝑎 2𝑘 𝑎 𝑎 3𝑘
𝑎 3𝑎𝑘 2𝑘 𝑎 3𝑎𝑘
2𝑘
utting these together: 2 𝑏 𝑐 𝑏𝑐 𝑎𝑑 as required.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 18

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 3A
26 a 𝑔 2 4 2 5
13
b 4𝑥 5 7 so 𝑥 3
27
𝑥 5
12
3
𝑥 5 36
𝑥 41
28 a 𝑣 1.5 3.8 1.5
5.7 m s
b It is unlikely that a car can accelerate uniformly at that level for 30 seconds (resistive
forces that relate to speed would become significant before that time) the model would
predict a speed of 114 m s at 30 seconds, which is unrealistic for a car (over
400 km per hour )
29 a Require that the denominator not equal ero: The largest domain of 𝑥 is 𝑥 5
b
3
2
2 5
3
3
1
3
30 a
1 1
3
2 2
3
2
4
5
4
b The function is in completed square form, so has minimum value 2.
The range is 𝑥 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 1

Worked solutions
3𝑥 48
𝑥 16
𝑥 4
.
31 a 5 2.3e 1.2 4.95
The model predicts 4.95 billion smartphones in 5 years
b Market saturation (population that can afford a smartphone having sufficient, not buying
additional without discarding recycling one) might slow the exponential growth.
Smartphones may get replaced by a newer technology within a 5 year period.
32 a 𝑥 1.3𝑥
b 𝑥 would return the amount in pounds equal to $𝑥
33 a 6 1
b 𝑥 𝑥 2 has solution 𝑥 2
34 a Require that the square root has a non-negative argument.

2𝑥 5 0 so the largest possible domain is 𝑥 2.5

b If the argument of the square root takes any value greater than or equal to ero then the
range of the function is 𝑥 0.
c √2𝑥 5 3
2𝑥 5 9
2𝑥 14
𝑥 7
35 a At 𝑡 0, 150 90 1 60 fish
b
15 150 90e .
130 ish rounding to the nearest hole number
c The model is continuous (it predicts non-integer values). Such a model is an acceptable
approximation for populations numbering in the millions (such as microbial populations
in a culture) but the inaccuracy becomes more relevant for a small population such as
seen here.

36 a 18 5

14
b 5 7
𝑥
2
2
𝑥 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
37 a The graph of the inverse function is the original graph after a reflection through 𝑦 𝑥.

Worked solutions
38 a Require that the logarithm takes a positive argument so the largest possible domain of g
is 𝑥 0.
b
g 81 log 81
log 3
4
c log 𝑥 2
𝑥 3
1
9
39 Require that the logarithm has a positive argument.
3𝑥 15 0 so the largest domain of n 𝑥 is 𝑥 5
40 a Require that the logarithm has a positive argument.

7 3𝑥 0 so the largest domain of h 𝑥 is 𝑥

b log 7 3𝑥 2
7 3𝑥 10
3𝑥 7 100
𝑥 31
41 a 3 10 3 3
19
b The domain is 𝑥 2 so the range is 𝑥 10 3 2
𝑥 4
c The value 1 lies outside the range of the function.
42 a 4 9
b 4 2.5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
c The graph of the inverse function is the original graph after a reflection through 𝑦 𝑥.

Worked solutions
43 a
7 3e .
0.182
.
b 3e 2.1
1
𝑡 ln 0.7 0.892
0.4
44 a Require that the denominator is non- ero, so 4 √𝑥 1 0
𝑥 1 16
Also require that the argument of the square root is non-negative so 𝑥 1 0
Then the largest domain is 𝑥 1, 𝑥 17
b rom calculator (or by considering the two cases 4 √𝑥 1 0 and 4 √𝑥 1 0),
the range is 𝑥 or 𝑥 0

45 a sing
b The graph of the inverse function is the original graph after a reflection through 𝑦 𝑥.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
Worked solutions
c Either from or by noting that where 𝑥 𝑥 the curves meet the line 𝑦 𝑥
as well.
Thus 𝑥 𝑥 at the solution.
Then 𝑥 𝑥 8 𝑥 so 𝑥 8, which gives solution 𝑥 2.
Tip: It is tempting to hope that this always works to solve 𝑥 𝑥 but this is not the case
for every function you should always consider the graphs of and . onsider the function
𝑥 1 𝑥. Since 𝑥 1 𝑥 as well (the function is self-inverse ), you can see that
𝑥 𝑥 for all values of 𝑥, even though the only solution on the line 𝑦 𝑥 is 𝑥 .

See if you can describe a condition on the graph of a function h 𝑥 for there to be solutions to
h 𝑥 h 𝑥 which do not lie on 𝑦 𝑥.

Exercise 3B
19

rom : ertex is at 1.5, 1.01

Asymptote 𝑦 7 axis intercepts 1.69, 0 and 0, 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Worked solutions
argest domain is 𝑥 2
b

Asymptotes are 𝑦 3 and 𝑥 2

22 or example, 𝑦 1 2e

23 rom , the intersection of 𝑦 5 𝑥 and 𝑦 e is 1.84,3.16

24 rom , maximum point is 1, 2.5

(Analytically, complete the square of the denominator and reason that since the denominator
is always positive, the maximum will occur at the minimum value of the denominator, at
𝑥 1.
10
𝑦
𝑥 1 4
25 rom , maximum value 𝑃 occurs when 𝑞 235

26 rom or completing the square to 𝑦 , the line of symmetry is 𝑥 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

Worked solutions
ertical asymptotes are 𝑥 2 and 𝑥 2, hori ontal asymptote is 𝑦 0.
28

(Example: 𝑦 )

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

Worked solutions
31

32 rom :𝑥 0.755
33 rom :𝑥 2.20, 1.71 or 1.91
34 rom :𝑥 2.41, 0.414, 2
35 rom :𝑥 1.41
Solving exactly: 4 𝑥 𝑥
4 𝑥 𝑥
4 0 re ect or 4 2𝑥
𝑥 √2 1.41
36 rom the calculator, maximum value is 2.5 0.920
Tip: If you study calculus, you will learn to show algebraically that the maximum value occurs
at 𝑥 2.5)

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

Worked solutions
38 rom :𝑥 2
Algebraically: ln 𝑥 1 ln 𝑥 1 .
S equals a modulus function so must be non-negative. ln 𝑥 1 0 so 𝑥 2
But for 𝑥 2, ln 𝑥 1 ln 𝑥 1 and ln 𝑥 1 0 so ln 𝑥 1 ln 𝑥 1
So for 𝑥 2, the two sides are always equivalent, with no further restriction.
Therefore the full solution is just 𝑥 2.

Mixed Practice
1 a

b 45 78.6
So the total cost is 45 45 $3 538.09 $3 540
2 rom :𝑥 1.86 or 4.54
3 a Require that the argument of the square root is non-negative so require 𝑥 5
b rom ,𝑥 2.38
4 rom , intersection points are 1.68, 0.399 and 0.361, 2.87

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

Worked solutions
6 a

b omain: 𝑥 3
Range: 𝑥 3
.
7 a 𝑣 1.5 18 1.5e 20.0 m s
b rom : At 𝑡 0.630 s and 𝑡 17.1 s
c Maximum speed occurs at 𝑡 5s
8 a 𝑣 0 8 6 2
𝑣 0 2 0 0 2
𝑣 0 𝑣 0 so the two runners have the same initial speed.
b rom ,𝑣 𝑡 𝑣 𝑡 when 𝑡 1.30 s
9 a 𝑇 0 100. Boiling point at sea level is 100 °C
b 𝑇 1370 100 0.0034 1370 95.3 °C

c 70 100 0.0034 so 8 820 m 8.82 km

10 a 𝑥 1.8𝑥 32
b 𝑥 gives the temperature in elsius equivalent to 𝑥 °F
11 a 𝑝 1 3 5 2
3𝑞 5 7 so 𝑞 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 10

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
b i Require that the denominator is non- ero, so the denominator is 𝑥 2

Worked solutions
ii The hori ontal asymptote is 𝑦 0 so the range of the function is g 𝑥 0
iii The vertical asymptote is 𝑥 2
12 a 7 20 and the function increases so the range is 𝑥 20
b 3𝑥 1 35
3𝑥 36
𝑥 12
13 rom :𝑥 5.24 or 3.24
Algebraically:
2𝑥 1 4 𝑥 4 𝑥
16 𝑥 and 𝑥 4

𝑥 2𝑥 17 0 and 𝑥 4

𝑥 1 3√2
14 rom :𝑥 1 or 2.41
Algebraically:

𝑥 2 and 𝑥 0 (since 0)

𝑥 2𝑥 1 0 and 𝑥 0
𝑥 1 0 or 𝑥 1 √2 𝑥 1 √2 0 and 𝑥 0

𝑥 1 or 𝑥 1 √2
15 Require denominator is non- ero so domain is 𝑥 3
rom (or symmetry), maximum point is at 𝑥 0 so local max in the 2 𝑥 2
interval is 0 2.
or 𝑥 2 and 𝑥 2, 𝑥 0 with an asymptote of 𝑦 0.
ence the range is 𝑥 2 or 𝑥 0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 11

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
16 rom , function has single stationary point at minimum 3.5 9.25

Worked solutions
The (unincluded) endpoints of the curve are 0,3 and 6, 3
The range is therefore 9.25 𝑥 3
17 a rom , the minimum is ln 0.8 4.89
b 𝑥 2 so 𝑥 2 5e 8 28.9
18 a unction has maximum at 0 8.
The (unincluded) endpoints of the curve are 3, 19 and 2, 4
The range is therefore 19 𝑥 8
b g 𝑥 8 3𝑥 5
3𝑥 3
𝑥 1, 𝑥 1
c 20 is outside the defined range of g 𝑥 .
19

(Example: 𝑦 5 2 0.4 )
20

(Example: 𝑇 20 70e )

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 12

Worked solutions
(Example: 2000 1400e )
22 a rom , maximum is 𝑣 1 1.10 m s
b The model predicts an insignificant speed at 𝑡 20. Realistically in a physical system,
the car would have halted before that time, when resistances become significant when
compared to the model’s predicted behaviour.
23 rom the , solutions are 𝑥 2.50, 1.51, 0.440
24 a

b i 𝑥-intercept is at 12,0
ii Asymptotes are 𝑥 2, 𝑦 1
25 rom , solutions are 𝑥 2.27 or 4.47
26 rom , the minimum value is 1.16 1.34

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 13

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
27 a Require the denominator is non- ero so the domain is 𝑥 0,4

Worked solutions
b

Range is 𝑥 5.15 or 𝑥 3.40

28 a Require denominator to be non- ero, so 𝑥 e
Also require argument of logarithm to be positive, so 𝑥 0
So the largest possible domain of 𝑔 𝑥 is 𝑥 0, 𝑥 e
b rom :
As 𝑥 0, 𝑔 𝑥 0 (from below)
As 𝑥 e from below, 𝑔 𝑥
As 𝑥 e from above, 𝑔 𝑥
As 𝑥 ,𝑔 𝑥
The curve has a single minimum at 0.135 0.271
Tip: If you study further differentiation, see if you can show that the minimum has exact value
e 2e . or this exercise though, the decimal approximation from your calculator is the
faster approach, and is what the question requires.
29 a Require the argument of the logarithm to be positive, so the domain is 𝑥 2
or 𝑥 2, 𝑔 𝑥 has range .
b

c rom ,𝑔 𝑥 𝑔 𝑥 at 𝑥 2.12

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 14

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 4A
34 a
𝑦 𝑦
radient 𝑚
𝑥 𝑥
0 7
5 1
7
4
b erpendicular gradient 𝑚

𝑦 𝑦 𝑚 𝑥 𝑥
4
𝑦 3 𝑥 8
7
4 53
𝑦 𝑥
7 7
35 a sing the axis intercepts 0,12 and 9,0 to determine gradient:
𝑦 𝑦
radient 𝑚
𝑥 𝑥
0 12
9 0
4
3
b 𝑦 𝑦 𝑚 𝑥 𝑥
4
𝑦 12 𝑥 0
3
4𝑥 3𝑦 36

36 a ine 𝑦 𝑥 has gradient

b When 𝑦 0. 𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 1

Worked solutions
𝑦 𝑦
radient 𝑚
𝑥 𝑥
3 1
7 3
1
5
b 𝑦 𝑦 𝑚 𝑥 𝑥
1
𝑦 1 𝑥 3
5
5𝑦 5 𝑥 3
𝑥 5𝑦 8

38 a Rearranging: 𝑙 : 𝑦 21 𝑥

radient 𝑚

b Substituting 𝑥 8, 𝑦 5:
7𝑥 2𝑦 56 4 52 42
𝑃 does not lie on the line.

c radient 𝑚

𝑦 𝑦 𝑚 𝑥 𝑥
2
𝑦 5 𝑥 8
7
2 51
𝑦 𝑥
7 7
39 ise 8 800
Tread 12 000 (half the cone diameter)

radient 𝑚 0.733

40 a : 8,11
b 𝑘 8
c 𝑅 is the vertical line 𝑥 8

d Area 𝑏 8 14 56

41 a 𝑦 𝑥 6

b radient 𝑚

𝑦 𝑦 𝑚 𝑥 𝑥
1
𝑦 2 𝑥 7
4
4𝑦 8 𝑥 7
𝑥 4𝑦 1
c rom , the lines intersect at 4.6, 0.9

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
42 If the pivot point is the origin, then the end of the plank is at 𝑥, 𝑦 where 0.7 and

Worked solutions
𝑦 3.5
So 𝑥 5
.

Then the plank length is √5 3.5 6.10 m

43 a 𝑉 0.1 0.5𝑡
b When 𝑉 5, 0.5𝑡 4.9
𝑡 9.8
It would take 9.8 seconds to pop the balloon.
44 a ewtons per metre ( m)
b 0.3𝑥
If 𝑥 0.06 then 0.018
Require 0.018
c A stiffer spring will require more force for the same stretch 𝑘 will be greater.

d 𝑥
.
So when 0.14 and 𝑘 0.3, the stretch is 0.467 m 46.7 cm
.

45 a 5 0.01𝑚
b 180 6.8
The cost is $6.80 per month
c ew model: 0.02𝑚
Intersection: 0.02𝑚 5 0.01𝑚
𝑚 500
The first contract will be better if oanna expects to talk more than 500 minutes per
month (6 hours 20 minutes).
46 a or 𝑛 items sold in a single month, the monthly profits are
𝑃 10𝑛 2000
b 𝑃 1500 10𝑛 2000
𝑛 350
c
𝑃 10𝑛 1200 2𝑛
8𝑛 1200

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

Worked solutions
2𝑛 800
𝑛 400
Beyond this point, the first model predicts greater profits (steeper slope no marginal
costs).
or 𝑃 1500, which is lower than the intersection point of the two models, the
company will need to sell fewer items under the second model.

47 a radient of 𝐴𝐵 is 𝑚

radient of 𝐷 is 𝑚

So lines 𝐴𝐵 and 𝐷 are parallel, since they have the same gradient
b owever, 𝐴𝐵 and 𝐷 are different lengths, so the shape 𝐴𝐵 𝐷 is not a parallelogram.
48 onsidering the path as the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle, the rise must be 400 m
and 0.3

So tread 1333 m
.

Then the length of the path is √400 1333 1390 m

Exercise 4B
10 a , , , , 1.5, 0.5, 5.5

𝐴𝐵 7 4 0 1 2 9
√121 1 49
√171

11 𝐵: 𝑏 , 𝑏 , 𝑏 where 5, 1, 3 , ,

So 𝐵 is 6, 3, 8

12 , , 8, 2, 𝑐

9
𝑎 3, 𝑏 20, 𝑐 4.5
2
13 Midpoint has coordinates , , 2.5, 10,9.5

istance 2.5 10 9.5 √196.5

14 istance travelled 𝑑 √14 3 6.7 √249.89

Average speed 4.52 m s

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

Worked solutions
15

𝑘 √30 (selecting positive root for 𝑘)

√

16 𝑘 1 𝑘 1 3𝑘 √46
11𝑘 2 46
𝑘 4
𝑘 2

17 𝑎 2 1 5 2 4 1 7

√66
𝑎 2 2.97
√30
18 a , 4, 5

3𝑎 𝑏 6 8 1
2𝑎 𝑏 3 10 2
1 2 : 5𝑎 9 2 so 𝑎 2.2
2 :𝑏 13 2𝑎 8.6
b So 𝑃: 5.6, 4.4 and : 13.6, 5.6
𝑦 𝑦
radient 𝑚
𝑥 𝑥
5.6 4.4
13.6 5.6
1.2
19.2
1
16
𝑦 𝑦 𝑚 𝑥 𝑥
1
𝑦 5 𝑥 4
16
19 a Rearranging: 𝑦 𝑥 5

radient 𝑚

b erpendicular gradient 𝑚

𝑦 𝑦 𝑚 𝑥 𝑥
7
𝑦 2 𝑥 4
4
4𝑦 8 7𝑥 28
7𝑥 4𝑦 20
c 𝑙 : 4𝑥 7𝑦 35 1
𝑙 : 7𝑥 4𝑦 20 2
4 1 7 2 : 65𝑥 0 so 𝑥 0, 𝑦 5
𝑃: 0, 5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
d Shortest distance will be perpendicular to 𝑙 and so equals 𝑃.

Worked solutions
𝑃 0 4 5 2
√65
8.06
20 a 1.8 m
b Midpoint of 𝐵 is : 3, 1, 0

3 0.2 1 1 0 1.8
√11.08
3.33 m
21 a Midpoint : 3,7
b rom 𝐴 to : 2 units right and 3 units down
So from to 𝐵 will be the same translation, but rotated 90°: 2 units down and 3 units
left
𝐵: 6,5
Then is the midpoint of 𝐵𝐷, since it is the centre of the square
𝐷: 0,9

22 a radient 𝑚 1

So radient 𝑚 1
The centre of the rhombus is , the midpoint of 𝐴
has coordinates 4.5, 4.5
So line 𝐵𝐷 has equation 𝑦 4.5 𝑥 4.5
𝑦 9 𝑥 or 𝑦 𝑥 9

b 𝑚 so line 𝐴𝐵 has equation 𝑦 1 𝑥 1

4 1
𝑦 𝑥
3 3
𝐵 is the intersection of these lines. Substituting:
4 1
9 𝑥 𝑥
3 3
7 28
𝑥
3 3
𝑥 4 so 𝑦 5. 𝐵 has coordinates 4,5
Since is the midpoint of 𝐵𝐷, it follows that 𝐷 has coordinates 5,4

c 𝐴𝐵 4 1 5 1 5

23 a iagonal of the cuboid has length √3 4 5 √50 7.07 m

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
b onsidering the net of the room, the shortest distance for the spider would be the

Worked solutions
diagonal of the rectangle formed by any two sides of the cuboid.
The options are:

iagonal of a 3 by 4 5 : √3 9 √90
iagonal of a 4 by 3 5 : √4 8 √80
iagonal of a 5 by 3 4 : √5 7 √74 8.60 m

Mixed Practice 4
1 a i : , 2, 2

ii radient 𝑚

iii erpendicular gradient is

b ine has equation 𝑦 𝑦 𝑚 𝑥 𝑥

2
𝑦 2 𝑥 2
3
Substituting 𝑥 0, 𝑦 𝑘: 𝑘 2 so 𝑘

2 a : 2,3 ,

So 6, 𝑡 2

b radient of 𝐴𝐵 is 𝑚

So the perpendicular gradient is 𝑚

ine has equation 𝑦 𝑦 𝑚 𝑥 𝑥

4
𝑦 3 𝑥 2
5
5𝑦 15 4𝑥 8
4𝑥 5𝑦 23
3 a When 𝑥 6, 𝑦 0, 2𝑦 3𝑥 0 18 18 11
Since 2𝑦 3𝑥 11 at point 𝐴, it follows that 𝐴 does not lie on 𝐿

b Rearranging: 𝑦 𝑥

radient of 𝐿 is

c erpendicular gradient 𝑚

d ine has equation 𝑦 𝑦 𝑚 𝑥 𝑥

2
𝑦 0 𝑥 6
3
2
𝑦 𝑥 4
3
𝑐 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

b erpendicular gradient 𝑚 1
ine has equation 𝑦 𝑦 𝑚 𝑥 𝑥
𝑦 6 1 𝑥 3
𝑦 𝑥 3
c 𝑃 has coordinates 0,3 and has coordinates 3,0

Area 𝑃 3 3 4.5

5 a : , 2.5, 1

𝑃 6 1 4 2
√85
9.22

c radient of 𝑃 is 𝑚

erpendicular gradient 𝑚

ine has equation 𝑦 𝑦 𝑚 𝑥 𝑥

7
𝑦 1 𝑥 2.5
6
7 47
𝑦 𝑥
6 12
6 a : , , 2.5, 1, 4

𝑃 6 1 4 2 3 5
√89
9.43
7 a When 𝑥 0, 𝑦 3 and when 𝑦 0, 𝑥 6 so 𝑃 has coordinates 0,3 and has
coordinates 6,0 .

b 𝑃 √3 6 √45 3√5
c Substituting 𝑦 𝑥 into the equation for 𝑙 : 3𝑥 6 so 𝑥 2, and the intersection is 2,2

8 a Rearranging the line equation: 𝑦 𝑥

radient 𝑚

b radient 𝑚

Equating with the answer to part a: 𝑘 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

Worked solutions
c ine through has equation
7
𝑦 2 𝑥 1
4
7 1
𝑦 𝑥
4 4
Equating with the answer to part a: 𝑑 1

9 a 𝑚

6 9 3
𝑚
1 4 5
So 𝐴𝐵 𝐷
9 8
𝑚 1
4 3
6 5
𝑚 1
1 2
So 𝐴𝐷 𝐵
The quadrilateral has two pairs of parallel sides, so is a parallelogram
b Since 𝑚 𝑚 1, the angle at 𝐴 is not a right-angle, so the shape is not a
rectangle.
10 If the three vertices are 𝐴 2,5 , 𝐵 1,3 and 5,9
3 5 2
𝑚
1 2 3
9 5 4
𝑚
5 2 7
9 3 3
𝑚
5 1 2
Then 𝑚 1 so 𝐴𝐵 𝐵 and therefore the triangle has a right angle at 𝐵.

11 4 𝑎 3𝑎 √416
16 10𝑎 416
𝑎 400
𝑎 20

12 a Midpoint : , , 2,3, 5

𝑝 1, 𝑞 18
b 𝐴: 2,1,8 , 𝐵: 6,5, 18

𝐴𝐵 2 6 1 5 8 18
√756
27.5

13 𝑚 1.5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

Worked solutions
7
𝑥 5
6
𝑥 so 𝑦
30 6
𝑃: ,
7 7
istance 𝑃 √30 6 √26 4.37

15 a radient of 𝐴𝐵 𝑚

The perpendicular gradient is 𝑚 3 so line 𝑦 3𝑥 is perpendicular to 𝐴𝐵.

b radient of 𝐴 𝑚

The perpendicular gradient is 𝑚 2

Midpoint of 𝐴 0,5
ine equation 𝑦 𝑦 𝑚 𝑥 𝑥
𝑦 5 2 𝑥 0
𝑙 has equation 𝑦 2𝑥 5
c Intersection of 𝑦 3𝑥 and 𝑦 2𝑥 5:
3𝑥 2𝑥 5
5𝑥 5
𝑥 1 so 𝑆 has coordinates 1,3

𝑆𝐴 1 4 3 3 5

𝑆𝐵 1 4 3 7 5

𝑆 1 5 3 0 5
So point 𝑆 is equidistant from the three points.
Tip: 𝑆 is called the circumcentre of the triangle, and lies at the common intersection of all
three side perpendicular bisectors. Because it is equidistant from all three vertices, a circle
drawn with centre at the circumcentre through one of the vertices will also pass through the
others as well, so that the triangle is inscribed exactly in a circle. You may like to investigate
properties of the other major triangle centre points called orthocentre, centroid and incentre,
and their relationships.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 10

Worked solutions
b : , , 2.5, 2.5, 2

𝐴𝐵 0 5 3 2 4 0
√42
6.48

18 a radient 𝑚

b : , 1,5

c erpendicular gradient 𝑚 2
Equation of 𝑙 :
𝑦 𝑦 𝑚 𝑥 𝑥
𝑦 5 2 𝑥 1
2𝑥 𝑦 3
d Substituting 𝑥 1, 𝑦 1 into the equation of 𝑙 :
2𝑥 𝑦 2 1 3 so does lie on 𝑙
Then the distance from to line 𝐴𝐵 is the distance

1 1 1 5 √4 16 √20 2√5 4.47

19 a When 𝑥 0, 𝑦 6 so 𝐴: 0,6 is the 𝑦-axis intercept

When 𝑦 0, 𝑥 14 so 𝐵: 14,0 is the 𝑥-axis intercept

So triangle 𝐴 𝐵 has area 6 14 42

𝐴𝐵 6 14
√232
15.2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 11

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
c Since the area can be calculated using any base side, and 𝐴𝐵 √232, it follows that the

Worked solutions
distance from 𝐴𝐵 to the vertex is 2 5.51
√

20 When 𝑦 0 on 𝑙 then 𝑥 10 so 𝑃: 10, 0

When 𝑦 0 on 𝑙 then 𝑥 so : ,0

Intersecting the lines: 𝑙 : 𝑥 10 2𝑦 and 𝑙 : 𝑥 𝑦

3 9
10 2𝑦 𝑦
2 2
7 11
𝑦
2 2
11
𝑦
7
So 𝑅 has 𝑦-coordinate which is the altitude of triangle 𝑃 𝑅 , since the base lies along the
𝑥-axis.

Area 𝑃 𝑅 4.32

21 a Midpoint of 𝐴 , which is the midpoint of the square, is : , 5, 2

radient of 𝐴 is 𝑚

So the perpendicular gradient 𝑚 𝑚 3

Then the equation of the other diagonal is 𝑦 2 3 𝑥 5
𝐵𝐷 has equation 𝑦 3𝑥 13
b rom to 𝐴 is translation 3 right and 1 down, so from to 𝐵 will be a rotation 90° of
this: 3 up and 1 right, so 𝐵 is 6, 5 and then since is the midpoint of 𝐵𝐷, 𝐷 has
coordinates 4, 1

22 Midpoint of 𝐴 is , 3, 0

Midpoint of 𝐵𝐷is , 3, 0

So the two diagonals have a common midpoint.

radient of 𝐴 is 𝑚

radient of 𝐵𝐷 is 𝑚 3

𝑚 𝑚 1 so the two diagonals are perpendicular.

Since only a rhombus has bisecting diagonals which are perpendicular, it follows that 𝐴𝐵 𝐷
is a rhombus.
Tip: There are several alternatives here pick a set of defining properties of a rhombus and
show that they are true an alternative would be to show that 𝐴𝐵 𝐷 and 𝐴𝐷 𝐵 (so that it is
shown to be a parallelogram) and then also show that 𝐴𝐵 𝐴𝐷.
As another option, ignore gradients altogether, and show that 𝐴𝐵 𝐵 𝐷 𝐴𝐷

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 12

Worked solutions
23

So the hori ontal distance is Tread 133.3 m

. .

Then the distance travelled (the hypotenuse of the triangle with vertical distance 20 and
hori ontal distance 133.3 is √20 133.3 135 m
24 If the vertical distance of each section is 6 m and the gradient is 0.75 then the hori ontal
distance (when elevated) is 8 m.
.

The length of each section is therefore √6 8 10 m

Then by elevating the bridge section, the ends each move 2 m from the midpoint of the
bridge, for a total 4 m separation.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 13

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 5A
16
ur ace Area 4𝜋𝑟
4𝜋 7.5 cm
225𝜋 cm
707 cm
17
Cur ed ur ace Area 2𝜋𝑟
2𝜋 3.2
Circle Face Area 𝜋𝑟
𝜋 3.2
Total ur ace Area 3 3.2
96.5 cm
18
ase Area 𝜋𝑟
𝜋 1.6
1
olume ase Area height
3
1
2.56𝜋 3.1
3
8.31 m
19
2
olume 𝜋𝑟
3
128
𝜋
3
134 cm
20
4
olume 𝜋𝑟
3
4
𝜋 9.15
3
3 210 cm

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 1

Worked solutions
ylinder:
Cur ed ur ace Area 2𝜋𝑟𝑙
2 𝜋 5 100
1000𝜋
ase ur ace Area 𝜋𝑟
𝜋 5
25𝜋
olume 𝜋𝑟 𝑙
𝜋 5 100
2500𝜋
one:

Cur ed ur ace Area 𝜋𝑟 𝑟

𝜋 5 √125
25𝜋√5
1
olume 𝜋𝑟
3
1
𝜋 5 10
3
250
𝜋
3
Total ur ace Area 𝜋 1000 25 25√5
3400 cm
250
Total olume 𝜋 2500
3
8120 cm
22 ylinder height is 59 cm
C linder olume 𝜋𝑟
𝜋 14 59
11 564𝜋
2
Hemisphere olume 𝜋𝑟
3
5 488
𝜋
3
5 488
Total olume 11 564 𝜋
3
42 100 cm 4.21 10 cm

23 a 𝑟 √17 12 12.0 cm

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

Worked solutions
Cur ed ur ace Area 𝜋𝑟𝑙
𝜋 12.0 17
643
ase ur ace Area 𝜋𝑟
145𝜋
456
Total ur ace Area 643 456
1 100 cm
24 a 𝑉 𝜋𝑟
503.7 𝜋𝑟 12

503.7
𝑟
12𝜋
3.61 cm
b 3 12.3 36.9 cm
Tip: Remember that a tapered solid has one third the volume of a prism the same height and
base area, so a tapered solid with the same volume and base area would be three times the
height.
25 a
1
𝑉 𝜋𝑟
3
192 cm

b 𝑉 𝜋𝑟 192

3
𝑟 192
4𝜋
3.58 cm
26 a eight of cone 35 23 12 cm
Radius 𝑟 9 cm

lant height 𝑙 9 12
15 cm
b Cur ed A o cone 𝑆 𝜋 9 15 135𝜋 cm
ide A o c linder 𝑆 2𝜋 9 23 414𝜋 cm
ase area o c linder 𝑆 𝜋 9 81𝜋 cm
Total A 630𝜋 cm 1980 cm
27 a A side face is isosceles with base 12 cm and perpendicular distance
15 6 3√21 cm
1
ide ace area 12 3√21 82.5 cm
2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

Worked solutions
Total sur ace area 4 18√21 144 474 cm

c iagonal of the base has length 12√2 cm so half the diagonal is 6√2 cm

yramid height 15 6√2 √153 cm

1
𝑉 144 √153
3
594 cm
28 or the complete cone:
1
𝑉 𝜋 2 6 8𝜋 cm
3
After the hole is bored, the volume removed is 𝜋 1 𝜋

So the end volume is 8 𝜋 22 cm

Slant length 𝑙 √2 6 √40 cm

Cone cur ed A 𝜋 2 √40
Hemisphere cur ed A 2𝜋 1 2𝜋 cm
ase ring area 𝜋 2 1 3𝜋 cm

Total A 5 2√40 𝜋 cm
55.4 cm
29
2
Total olume 𝜋 8 10
3
3170 mm
Cur ed area 2𝜋 8 10
328𝜋 mm
ing area 𝜋 10 8 36𝜋 mm
Total A 364𝜋 mm
1140 mm
30 Main cone:
1
𝑉 𝜋𝑟
3
1
𝜋 8 30
3
640𝜋 mm
Cur ed A 𝜋𝑟𝑙
𝜋 8 8 30
248.4𝜋 mm

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

Worked solutions
12
𝑟 8 3.2 mm
30
1
𝑉 𝜋 3.2 12
3
40.96𝜋 mm

Cur ed A 𝜋 3.2 3.2 12

39.7𝜋 mm
Frustum 𝑉 640𝜋 40.96𝜋
1880 mm
Frustum A 248.4𝜋 39.7𝜋 𝜋 8 3.2
889 mm
31 a et 𝑥 be the length of one side of the base, so that the base area is 𝑥
1
𝑉 𝑥
3
3𝑉 3 1352
𝑥 169
24
𝑥 13 cm
b et 𝑙 be the altitude of one of the isosceles triangle faces.

𝑙 0.25𝑥
24 6.5
24.86 cm
Then the area of one of the triangles 𝐴 is given by
1
𝐴 𝑙𝑥 162 cm
2
So the total surface area is 4𝐴 𝑥 815 cm

32 𝑉 𝜋𝑟 354

3 354
𝑟 4.39
4 𝜋

3𝑉
𝑆𝐴 4𝜋𝑟 242 m
𝑟
33 a ylinder:
Cur ed A 2𝜋𝑟
2𝜋 2 8
32𝜋 mm
𝑉 𝜋𝑟
𝜋 2 8
32𝜋 mm

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Worked solutions
Cur ed A 4𝜋𝑟
4𝜋 2
16𝜋 mm
4
𝑉 𝜋𝑟
3
4
𝜋 2
3
32
𝜋 mm
3
Total:
A 48𝜋 mm 151 mm
128
𝑉 𝜋 mm 134 mm
3
b Require 𝑟 1.8 mm and 𝑉 0.9 134 121 mm
4𝑟
𝑉 𝜋𝑟
3
Rearranging:
𝑉 4𝑟
𝜋𝑟 3
9.45 mm
So the total length of the new tablet is 9.45 2 1.8 13.1 mm
34 a onverting all lengths to cm for consistency of calculation:
ylinder height 180
Spike height 10
C linder: 𝑉 𝜋𝑟
𝜋 4 180
2880𝜋 cm
1
pike: 𝑉 𝜋𝑟
3
1
𝜋 4 10
3
160𝜋
cm
3
2
Hemisphere: 𝑉 𝜋𝑟
3
2
𝜋 4
3
128𝜋
cm
3
Total: 𝑉 2976𝜋 cm
9349 cm
or a thousand posts, the volume of metal required would be 9 349 000 cm 9.35 m

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
b aint volume needed could be calculated by multiplying the surface area of the entire

Worked solutions
shape by 0.44 mm:

npainted Spike: slope length 𝑙 √10 4 10.8 cm

So unpainted spike SA 𝜋𝑟𝑙 4𝜋 10.8 135.3 cm
npainted cylinder SA 2𝜋𝑟 2𝜋 4 180 4523.9 cm
npainted hemisphere SA 2𝜋𝑟 2𝜋 4 100.5 cm
Total unpainted SA 4759.8 cm
Then approximate volume of paint is 4759.8 0.04 190 cm
This method is imprecise as it takes no account of how the paint accommodates to
angles surfaces, but given the shape concerned, this is immaterial.

Alternatively, we can estimate the volume of paint as the increase in volume when the
original calculations use 𝑟 4.04 instead of 4 and spike length 10.04 instead of 10.
Total shape volume, from part a, is given by
1 2
𝑉 𝜋𝑟 𝜋𝑟 𝜋𝑟 9349 cm
3 3
sing 𝑟 4.04, 180 and 10.04, this gives
𝑉 9539.4
The difference is accounted for by the paint, so the approximate volume of paint is
190 cm
or 1000 posts, the total paint needed is 190000 cm 0.190 m

Exercise 5B
34

4
𝑦
tan 35°
𝑥 4 𝑦 tan 55°
4 tan 55°
𝑥 4
tan 35°
4.16 cm

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

Worked solutions
𝑦 7 tan 20°
𝑦
tan
4
7 tan 20°
tan
4
32.5°
36 a 0,3 and 6,0

b tan 26.6°

37 a

b tan 3 71.6°
38 osine Rule:
𝑎 11 12 2 11 12 cos 35°
48.7

𝑎 √48.7 6.98 cm

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

Worked solutions
sin 𝑥 sin 43°
5 4
5 sin 43°
𝑥 sin
4
58.5°
Third angle 180° 58.5° 43° 78.5°
40 osine Rule:
9 16 18
𝐴𝐵 cos
2 9 16
87.4°
41 a osine Rule:
10 20 11
cos
2 10 20
18.6°
b Sine Rule for area:
1
Area 10 20 sin 18.6°
2
32.0
42 Sine Rule for area:
1
Area 𝐴𝐵 27 sin 70° 241
2
482
𝐴𝐵 19.0
27 sin 70°
43

𝐵𝐷 10 sin 25° 4.22 

𝐴𝐵 10 cos 25° 9.063 

𝑥 𝐵𝐴 𝐵
9.06 7.72
11.8 cm
𝐴𝐵
cos 25
𝑥
15.5°

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

Worked solutions
Angle with the 𝑥-axis is tan 38.7°

45 a Intersection: 2𝑥 8 𝑥 1
7
𝑥 7
4
𝑥 4
The lines intersect at 4,0
b Angle between the lines:
Angle of 𝑦 2𝑥 8 is tan 2 63.4°

Angle of 𝑦 𝑥 1 is tan 14.0°

Angle between the lines is therefore 63.4 14.0 49.4°

46 ine 2𝑥 5𝑦 7 has gradient and angle to the hori ontal tan 21.8°

ine 4𝑥 𝑦 8 has gradient 4 and angle to the hori ontal tan 4 76.0°
Angle between the lines is therefore 21.8 76.0 97.8°
Acute angle is 82.2°
47 Sine Rule:
𝑏 12
sin 60° sin 40°
12 sin 60°
𝑏 16.2 cm
sin 40°
48 osine Rule:

𝑎 5 8 2 5 8 cos 45°
5.69 cm
49 osine Rule:
6 8 4
𝐴 cos
2 6 8
29.0°

50 Sine Rule:
sin sin 66°
8 10
8 sin 66°
𝑦 sin
10
47.0°

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 10

Worked solutions
Sine Rule:
𝑎 3
sin 84° sin 32°
3 sin 84°
𝑎
sin 32°
5.63 cm
53

Sine Rule in 𝐴𝐵𝐷

9 sin 70°
𝐴𝐵𝐷 sin 57.7°
10
Sine Rule in 𝐴 𝐷
9 sin 110°
𝐴 𝐷 sin 40.6°
13
Then 𝐵𝐴 180 57.7 40.6 81.7°
osine Rule in 𝐴𝐵

𝐵 10 13 2 10 13 cos 81.7°
15.2
54 Sine Rule for area:
1
Area 6 11 sin 26
2
52
sin 52.0°
66
osine Rule:

𝐴𝐵 6 11 2 6 11 cos
8.70

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 11

Worked solutions
Sine Rule in 𝐴𝐵𝐷:
9 sin 40°
𝐵 sin 46.3°
8
90 46.3 43.7°
Sine Rule in 𝐴 𝐷:
9 sin 50°
𝑥 9.98
sin
56 et the base length be 𝑏.
Then 𝑏 tan 40° and 𝑑 𝑏 tan 50°
𝑏 tan 50° 𝑑
tan 50° 𝑑
tan 40°
Rearranging:
tan 50°
1 𝑑
tan 40°
𝑑 tan 40°
tan 50° tan 40°
57 a 𝑥 ,𝑦
° °

b Since 𝑥 𝑦 8
1 1 4
8
tan 30° tan 10° tan 10°
4
8
tan 10° 3.73
1 1
tan 30° tan 10°

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 12

Worked solutions
20 40 tan 55° 57.1 m

21 a 𝐻𝐵 √5 12 9 15.8

b 𝐵𝐷 √12 9 15
𝐵𝐷
𝐻𝐵𝐷 cos 18.4°
𝐻𝐵
22 a

b et be the centre of the base, midpoint of 𝐴 .

7√2
𝐴
2
The pyramid height √ 𝐴 𝐴 √100 24.5 8.69 cm
c osine Rule:

10 10 7√2
𝐴 cos 59.3°
2 10 10

23 adius 6
9
tan 56.3°
6
24 a

b 𝑅𝑇 120 cos 56° 67.1 m

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 13

Worked solutions
b istance east of the port is 0.8 sin 37° 0.481 km
istance north of the port is 1.2 0.8 cos 37° 1.84 km

Total distance from port is √1.2 0.481 1.90 km

26 𝐵𝑇 1.6 6.5 tan 62° 13.8 m
27 𝑑 9 tan 78° 42.3 m
28 If the initial distance from the statue is 𝑥 and the height of the statue is
𝑥 tan 17.7° 1
𝑥 5 tan 12.0° 2

1 :𝑥
tan 17.7°
tan 12.0°
2 : 1 5 tan 12.0°
tan 17.7°
5 tan 12.0°
3.18 m
tan 12.0°
1
tan 17.7°
29 If the height of the lighthouse is and the distance of the first buoy from the lighthouse is 𝑥
then
𝑥 tan 42.5° 1

√𝑥 18 tan 41.3° 2

1 :𝑥
tan 42.5°

2 : 324
tan 41.3° tan 42.5°
324
1 1
tan 41.3° tan 42.5°

324
55.6 56 m
1 1
tan 41.3° tan 42.5°

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 14

Worked solutions
b 𝐴 √4 9 9.85 cm
9.85
𝐴 cos 35.4°
12.1
c 𝐵𝐴 cos 41.9°
.

31 a

𝐴 𝐴𝐵 𝐴𝐷 𝐴
𝐴 𝐴𝐵 𝐴𝐷 13
𝐴 𝐴𝐵 𝐴 7
𝐴𝐻 𝐴𝐷 𝐴 11
1 339
𝐴𝐵 𝐴𝐷 𝐴 𝐴 𝐴
2 2
339
𝐴 13.02 m
2

b
𝐴
𝐴 cos
𝐴
13√2
cos
√339
3.11°
32

a 𝐴 √3 6 4 7.81 cm
b The two lines cross in the centre of the cuboid at point , so is an isosceles, with
sides 3.91 and base 3.
3.91 3.91 3
cos
2 3.91 3.91
45.2°

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 15

Worked solutions
The dog runs from lighthouse 𝐿 to 𝐴 and then from 𝐴 to 𝐵.
𝐿𝐴𝐵 42° 180 166 ° 56°
osine Rule in 𝐿𝐴𝐵:

𝐿𝐵 220 180 2 220 180 cos 56° 191 m

Sine Rule:
180 sin 56°
𝐴𝐿𝐵 sin 51.3°
191
The bearing from 𝐿 to 𝐵 is 51.3 42 93.3°
So the bearing for the return journey from 𝐵 to 𝐿 is 273°
34 If the lighthouse is at 𝐿, the port at 𝑃 and the island at 𝐼 then

𝐿𝑃𝐼 130 35 95°

osine Rule:

𝐿𝐼 2.5 1.3 2 2.5 1.3 cos 95° 2.92 km

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 16

Worked solutions
2.5 sin 95°
𝐿𝐼 𝑃 sin 58.64°
2.92
The bearing from 𝐼 to 𝐿 is 58.64 130 180 8.64°
35 If the apex is at 𝐴, centre of base at and the centre of one side
115 m
𝐴 42°
So height of pyramid 𝐴 115 tan 42° 104 m
36 a 𝐵𝑇 19.5 tan 26° 9.51 m

b 𝑑 10.9 m
°

c osine Rule:
19.5 10.9 14.7
𝑅𝐵 cos 48.3 48°
2 19.5 10.9
37 et the distance of the base of the painting from the floor be 𝑥 and the height of the painting
be .
𝑥 2.4 tan 55°
𝑥 2.4 tan 72°
So 2.4 tan 72° tan 55° 3.96 m

38 a olume of a square based pyramid is given by 𝑉 𝑏 where 𝑏is the length of the
sides of the base and is the pyramid’s vertical height.

Therefore, the volume of the ouvre pyramid is 𝑉 34 21.6 8323.2 𝑚 .

We require one unit per 1000𝑚

ence, units are required.
b ote that we only have to consider the heat loss through the four glass sides exposed to
the outside air.
The surface area of the pyramid through which heat is lost is given by

𝑆𝐴 2𝑎 2 34 21.6 1869.14 m

And the power required to offset this heat loss is simply

192 1869.14 359000 W 359 KW
c onsider the triangle formed by the base of the pyramid, the vertical to the pyramid’s
peak, and the side of the pyramid.
We can apply trig. to this triangle to find the elevation, .
21.6
tan
0.5 34
ence, the elevation is 1. and therefore scaffolding is required.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 17

Worked solutions
39 a We have a maximum height when

b The area of the face of the prism is given by 𝐴 7 2.45 8.58 m

And so, the volume of the roof space is 𝑉 7 2.45 5 42.9 m

sing proportion: If the maximum height is 2.45 m then the proportion of the width
.
which is over 0.6 m is 1 75.5
.

d The non-usable volume will be contained in the two identical triangular prisms at the
edge of the roof. Each has height 0.6 m and width 1 0.755 3.5 0.857 m so has
cross-sectional area 0.6 0.857 0.514 m
.
The proportion of the volume that is unusable is therefore 5.99
.

The proportion of the volume that is usable is 94.0

(Alternatively, it can be seen that the non-usable triangles together form an isosceles
similar to the overall triangle since scale factor from whole triangle to unused part is
24.5 , it follows that the proportion of the cross-sectional area not used, and hence the
proportion of the prism volume not used, will be 24.5 5.99 . Again, the
proportion of the volume that is usable is 94.0 .)

40 𝐵 √7 9 √130

𝐵 4 7 √65

4 9 √97
osine Rule:
130 97 65
𝐵 cos 43.8°
2√130√97
Sine Rule for area:
1
Area 𝐵 √130√97 sin 43.8° 38.9 cm
2
41 𝐴𝐵𝑉 is isosceles with equal sides 23 cm and base 20 cm. Its altitude 𝑉 √23 10
20.7 cm
Since the pyramid has a square base, 𝑉 𝑉 and 𝑉 is isosceles.

√200 cm
osine Rule:
20.7 20.7 200
𝑉 cos 39.9°
2 20.7 20.7

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 18

Worked solutions
If Amy starts at 𝐴, then travels to 𝐵, and finally 𝐷:
𝐴𝐵 70 180 150 100°
osine Rule in 𝐴𝐵 :

𝐴 𝐴𝐵 𝐵 2 𝐴𝐵 𝐵 cos 𝐴𝐵

120 90 2 120 90 cos 100°

162 m
Sine Rule in 𝐴𝐵 :
120 sin 100°
𝐴 𝐵 sin 46.8°
162
Then 𝐴 𝐷 360 250 30 46.8 33.2°
osine Rule in 𝐴 𝐷:

𝐴𝐷 110 162 2 110 162 cos 33.2° 92.3 m

Mixed Practice
1 50 tan 35° 35.0 m
2 a 𝐴 16√2 22.6 cm

𝐴 16√3 27.7 cm
b

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 19

3 a 𝐴 23√2 32.5 cm
b If is the centre of the base, then 𝐴 0.5𝐴 16.3 cm
16.3 tan 56° 24.1 cm
.
c 𝐴 29.1 cm
°

4 2 tan 45.2°

5 a 0,6

b radient 0.5

c tan 0.5 26.6°

6 a Sine Rule in 𝐴𝐵 :
10 sin 100°
𝐴 12.9 cm
sin 50°
b osine Rule in 𝐴𝐷 :
7 12 12.9
𝐴𝐷 cos 80.5°
2 7 12
7 Sine Rule:
10 sin 70°
𝑏 12.3 cm
sin 50°
8 osine Rule:

𝑎 8 10 2 8 10 cos 15° 3.07 cm

9 osine Rule:
5 7 3
𝐴 cos 21.8°
2 5 7
10 Sine Rule:
12 sin 42°
sin 32.4°
15
11 Sine Rule:
4 sin 120°
sin 22.6°
9
So 𝑅 180 120 22.6 37.4°
12 𝐴 180 32 72 76°
Sine Rule:
10 sin 76°
𝑎 18.3 cm
sin 32°

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 20

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
13 If the initial distance from the base of the tower is 𝑥 then

Worked solutions
𝑥 tan 47.7° 1
𝑥 20 tan 38.2° 2

1 :𝑥
tan 47.7°
Substituting into 2 :
tan 38.2°
1 20 tan 38.2°
tan 47.7°
20 tan 38.2°
55.4 m
tan 38.2°
1
tan 47.7°
14

The distance between wall and pillar is 𝑑

41
𝑑 53.0 m
tan 37.7°
The height of the pillar is so the difference in height between wall and pillar is 𝑑
𝑑 53.0 tan 23.5° 23.1 m
So the height of the pillar is 41 23.1 17.9 18 m
15 a

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 21

Worked solutions
Intersection where 10 𝑥 𝑥 5
4
𝑥 5
3
15
𝑥 3.75
4
oint is 3.75,6.25

c Angle between 𝑦 and the 𝑥-axis is tan 18.4°

Angle between 𝑦 and the 𝑥-axis is tan 1 45°

Angle between the two lines is 18.4 45 63.4°
16 If the apex of the pyramid is , and the base is 𝐴𝐵 𝐷 with centre
𝐴 26 cm
𝐴 35° and 𝐴 90°
𝐴 26 tan 35° 18.2 cm
𝐴𝐵 18.2√2 25.7 cm
1
ol base height
3
1
25.7 26 5740 cm
3
17 a 𝐴 √6 3 √45 3√5
15
𝐴 tan tan √5 65.9°
√45
b 𝐻 is isosceles with sides √15 45 √270 and base 6
osine Rule:
270 270 6 504
𝐻 cos cos 21.0°
2√270√270 540
18 osine Rule:
𝑥 4 𝑥 2𝑥 2 𝑥 2𝑥 cos 60°
𝑥 8𝑥 16 𝑥 4𝑥 2𝑥
2𝑥 8𝑥 16 0
𝑥 4𝑥 8 0
𝑥 2 √12
In context, 𝑥 0 so the only solution is 𝑥 2 √12 2 2√3 5.46

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 22

Worked solutions
1
84 𝑥 𝑥 5 sin 150°
2
1
84 𝑥 𝑥 5
4
𝑥 5𝑥 336 0
𝑥 21 𝑥 16 0
In context, 𝑥 5 so the only solution is 𝑥 21
20

et 𝑥 be the distance between the tree and the tower on the ground.
𝑥 30 tan 40° 25.2 m
et h be the height of the tree.
𝑥 tan 35° 17.6 m

21 a 𝑉 𝜋 3.15 131 cm

b 𝑉 𝜋 3.2 26 836 cm
𝑉 4𝑉 313 cm

22 a 𝐴𝐵 √9.5 8 √26.25 5.12 cm

b 𝐴𝐷 𝐴𝐵
1
2.56 cm
2
𝐵 𝐵 √96.8125 9.84 cm

c 𝐴 √𝐴 √70.5625 8.40 cm
𝐴 8.40
𝐴 𝐵 cos cos 31.4°
𝐵 9.84
23 art A
a 5 cm

b 𝑉 √ 𝑉 √5 8 √89 9.43 cm

c 𝑉 cos cos 58.0°

√

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 23

Worked solutions
a osine Rule:

𝑑 290 550 2 290 550 cos 115° 722 m 720 m

b Sine Rule for area:

1
Area 290 550 sin 115° 72 300 m
2
c Sine Rule
180 sin 53°
𝐴𝐵 sin 38.7°
230
Then 𝐴 𝐵 180 53 38.7 88.3°
24 a i 22.5 m
ii

b If the centre of 𝐴𝐵 𝐷 is then the height of the pyramid is 𝑉 .

𝑉 90°
𝑉 22.5 sin 53.1° 18.0 m
c 22.5 cos 53.1° 13.5 m
𝐴 2 27 m

d 𝐵 19.1 m
√

𝐴𝑃 126 18.0 108 m

olume o cuboid 𝐴𝑃 𝐴𝐵 108 19.1 39 421 m
1 1
olume o p ramid 𝐴𝐵 𝑉 19.1 18.0 2187 m
3 3
Total olume 39 421 2 187 41 600 m
90 olume 41 600 0.9 37 500 m
Mass of 37 500 m air 37 500 1.2 44 900 kg

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 24

Worked solutions
Tip: If you know how to find areas using vectors this is a much easier problem to approach.
If we just use the techniques of this chapter and some basic linear algebra, we can find the
intersection points, two side lengths and then find the angle between two lines, then apply the
sine rule for area.
Intersection points of 𝑦 8 𝑥, 𝑦 2𝑥 10 and 𝑦 12.5 5.5𝑥
𝑦 𝑦 :
12.5 5.5𝑥 2𝑥 10
7.5𝑥 22.5
𝑥 3 so intersection is at 𝐴 3, 4
𝑦 𝑦 :
8 𝑥 12.5 5.5𝑥
4.5𝑥 4.5
𝑥 1 so intersection is at 𝐵 1,7
𝑦 𝑦 :
8 𝑥 2𝑥 10
3𝑥 18
𝑥 6 so intersection is at 6,2

𝐴𝐵 2 11 5√5

𝐴 3 6 3√5
Angle made by 𝑦 and the 𝑥-axis is tan 2 63.4°
Angle made by 𝑦 and the 𝑥-axis is tan 5.5 79.7°
Angle between 𝑦 and 𝑦 is 63.4 79.7 143° 𝐵𝐴
1
Area 𝐴𝐵 𝐴𝐵 𝐴 sin 𝐵𝐴
2
1
5√5 3√5 sin 143°
2
75
0.6
2
22.5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 25

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 6A
5 a All households in ermany
b onvenience sampling
c ouseholds in the city may have fewer pets than in the countryside
There may be a link between pet ownership and having a child at Anke’s school, such as
affluence or catchment area of the school (different regions of a city have different si es
of garden or access to parks, for example).
There may even be a link between pet ownership rates and having children in the
household (and since she is enquiring only from households with children, this would
introduce a bias)
6 a The number or proportion of pupils in each year group.
b uota sampling
c i eep this is potentially a valid result, even if it is an outlier.
ii iscard this cannot be a true result (misrecorded, question misunderstood or
answer deliberately mischievous)
7 a onvenience sampling
b All residents of his village
c is sample is tied to bus-stop users, and may not be representative of the village as a
whole, since preferred mode of transportation is relevant to environmental attitudes.
d e would need access to all residents, and a means of requiring responses from the
randomly selected individuals.
8 The observation is not necessarily correct this feature of the sample could have occurred by
chance, even with correct sampling technique.
9 a ontinuous
b Testing the population would require running all the lightbulbs under test conditions
until they failed, which would mean none would be sold.
c isting the serial numbers in order, select every twentieth bulb.
10 a uota sampling
b A stratified sample would be more representative of the scarves sold this might be
significant if colour selection were linked to gender of customer.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 1

Worked solutions
30 of 40: 12 red scarves
30 of 40: 12 green scarves
25 of 40: 10 blue scarves
15 of 40: 6 white scarves
11 a uota sampling
b The sample will be more representative of the population she believes to be in the park.
c It would be difficult to compile a list of all the animals in the park and then specifically
catch and test those animals predetermined for the sample.
12 a ontinuous
b The basketball team are unlikely to be representative of the students as a whole, since
height is a relevant characteristic associated with membership of a basketball team
c Systematic sampling
d To be a random sample, every sample of the same si e must have equal probability of
being taken. owever, with the sampling described, it would not be possible to select
two people who are adjacent on the list in fact, for a one every ten names’ system, there
would only be 10 possible lists, determined entirely by which student in the list Shakir
began his sample at.
13 The proportions in the table are
at 27 , og 43 and ish 30 .
Applying these proportions to the sample si e, we would take 5 cats, 9 dogs and 6 fish
14 a The total number in the table is 200, so applying the same proportions to a total of 20
gives
d a 1 13 14
4
i 0 4

b is sample might be representative of his school but there is no basis to believe it to be

representative of the country.
( or example, if he is correct about gender and age being relevant, the fact that his
sample proportions will not reflect that of the country, where 1 year old girls exist, will
be a problem )
15 a iscrete
b ot reasonably
c onvenience sampling
d ifferent species or genetic family lines might be clustered in different parts of the field,
and if she were generalising to the country as a whole, the field itself might not be
representative.
16 a i ossible, if her sample is representative.
ii ot necessarily the school may not reflect the distribution seen nationally

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
iii ossible the school might follow the national pattern and she happened to select

Worked solutions
taller students by chance.
b i and ii would have the same answer.
iii would look less likely, since her sample is now larger and less likely to be extreme by
random chance.
c 32 is clearly an error, since negative height is impossible. heck the original data and
if the value is clearly recorded as 32, discard it.
155 cm is very tall for a primary school student, but is theoretically possible, so should
be checked and then if truly recorded as 155, the value should be retained.
17a You would expect 20 to have taken the say yes’ and 20 to have taken say no’, so of the
subjects who had a free choice, 4 of 20 answered yes’. This implies a 20 yes’ answer
from the sample who had a free choice.
b i Out of 120 students, you would expect 20 to be answering statement 1 and 100 to be
answering statement 2.
Assuming they respond honestly to the statements as instructed, we would expect 4
cheaters to be answering statement 1 and 20 cheaters to be answering statement .
Then 4 80 84 would answer True’
ii et the proportion who have cheated be 𝑝.
Then the number saying True’ would equal 20𝑝 100 1 𝑝 48
Rearranging:
100 80𝑝 48
80𝑝 52
𝑝 65

18 a Of the recaptured fish, were labelled.

If this is a representative sample, then the proportion of labelled fish in the Sea would be
20 50 000
40 000 100 000 000
So we would estimate 100 million cod in the orth Sea
b We would have to assume that all 50 000 labelled fish were still available when the
sample was taken that is that none had died (natural death or removed by predation or
fishing)
We would also have to assume that there was thorough mixing of the cod population so
that the sample was representative of the cod stocks as a whole. iven fish behaviour
typically involves grouping in schools, this is questionable, unless the sampling was very
extensive and avoided sampling largely from only a few groups.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

Worked solutions
19 a Sum of frequencies is 48
b 8 11 19
c rom :𝑥 6.17 min, 1.31 min
20 a 12 19 31
b 1.4 𝑚 1.6
c 1.34 kg
21 a Sum of frequencies 28
b 15.5 𝑡 17.5
c rom :𝑡 17.3 sec
This is an estimate because the actual times are not known, so the data are assumed to lie
at the midpoints of their groups.
22 rom :
a Median 4.25 min
b I R 1.5
c The second artist has songs which are longer on average and more consistent (less
spread).
23 rom :
a Median 4
b I R 3
c 3 and 3 so any value below 3 1.5 3 1.5 mins would be an outlier,
but there are no such values.
6 and 3 so any value above 6 1.5 3 10.5 is an outlier. 11 is an
outlier.
24 a Sum of frequencies 67
b 23 cm
c rom : mean length 24.7 cm
d
. . . . . .
3 30 14

30 14 44
o. The modal group is 23.5 𝑙 26.5 but the modal value is 23.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

Worked solutions
10 6𝑎 85
6𝑎 75
𝑎 12.5
b rom , 13.4
26 a Total value is 12𝑥 3 10.5 6
12𝑥 3 63
12𝑥 66
𝑥 5.5
b ar 30.9
27 Total mark for first group: 67.5 12 810
Total mark for the second group: 59.3 10 593
Total marks over both groups: 810 593 1403

Mean mark over both groups: 63.8

28 Total marks required for average 60 marks: 5 60 300

Total marks in the first four papers: 238
She needs 300 238 62 marks in the final paper.

29 a Mean

b 8.02

161 24𝑎 401

24𝑎 240
𝑎 10
30 a
4.5 4 5 12 6.5 8 7 4 2𝑥
ean shoe si e
4 12 8 4 2
158 2𝑥
30
5.9
158 2𝑥 177
2𝑥 19
𝑥 9.5
b 𝑛 30 so the median is midway between the 1 th and 1 th value, is the th value
and is the 3rd value.
5, 5, 6.5
c So 1.5
alues above 1.5 above would be considered outliers 6.5 1.5 8.75 so
𝑥 9.5 is an outlier value.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Worked solutions
b Median would seem better, since there is one value substantially larger than the others
which distorts the mean.
c Both will scale with the conversion:
𝑥 $ 440 1.31 $576
$ 268 1.31 $351
32 a rom :𝑥 4, 2.94
b The new data values are the original values 𝑥 under transformation 𝑥 3𝑥 2000
The mean will rise to 𝑥 and the standard deviation will rise to 3
The new mean is 4 2012
The new standard deviation is 3 2.94 8.83

33 The mean is 51 10.6 °C

The standard deviation is 3.6 2 °C

34 The mean is 5.7 1.61 9.18 km

The variance is 4.5 1.61 11.9 km
35 ew median is 3 25 75
ew I R is 3 14 42
36 a 𝑛 11 so the median is the 6th mark, is the 3rd mark and is the 9th mark, in an
ordered list.
Since 𝑚 46, that means 42, 37 and 45
Median is 42 and I R is 8
b Outliers exist for values above 1.5 , which equals 45 12 57.
So any value of 𝑚 greater than 57 would represent an outlier.
The smallest such m is .
37 Suppose each test is scored out of marks.
Total marks for the first four tests: 0.68 4 2.72
Total marks required for all six tests: 0.7 6 4.2
Total required in the final tests: 4.2 2.72 1.48
.
Average required in each of the final two tests: 74

38 a
3 1 4 8 5 15 6𝑝 7 4
ean grade
1 9 14 𝑝 4
138 6𝑝
5.25
28 𝑝
138 6𝑝 5.25 28 𝑝
138 6𝑝 147 5.25𝑝

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

Worked solutions
𝑝 12
b rom : With 𝑝 12, 0.968
39 Total frequency:
5 10 13 11 𝑝 𝑞 50
𝑝 𝑞 11 1

Mean:
3 5 4 10 5 13 6 11 7𝑝 8𝑞
5.34
50
186 7𝑝 8𝑞 267
7𝑝 8𝑞 81 2
2 7 1 :𝑞 4
Then 1 : 𝑝 7.

40 Median is the central value: 𝑏 26 1

Range is 11 so 𝑎 𝑐 11 2
Mean is 25 so 𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 3 25 75 3
Substituting 1 and 2 into 3 :
2𝑐 15 75
𝑐 30
41 Median is the central value, so 𝑎, 𝑏 3 since either being less than 3 would decrease the
median.
Mean is 4 so 𝑎 𝑏 6 4 5 20
Then 𝑎 𝑏 14
The largest possible range occurs when one equals 3 (the lowest possible) and the other is
11.
argest possible range is therefore 10.
42 The median of 8 values is midway between the 4th and 5th values.
Mean is 7 so 1 3 4 10 10 16 𝑥 𝑦 8 7 56
Then 𝑥 𝑦 12
The values are all integers.
We could choose 𝑥 𝑦 6, which would give a median of and 𝑥 𝑦 12 as required
however, this would contradict the requirement that 𝑥 𝑦.
hoosing 𝑥 5, 𝑦 7 would again maintain a median of and also satisfy the condition
𝑥 𝑦 12. As would the case 𝑥 4, 𝑦 8.
At 𝑥 3, 𝑦 9, 𝑥 becomes the ( nd or) 3rd value, with 4 being the 4th and 𝑦 the th,
hence the median will no longer be .
The only possible values for 𝑥, 𝑦 are 5, 7 and 4, 8 .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

Worked solutions
10 a

b inear estimate: one quarter of the 12 𝑙 16 group and all the 16 𝑙 20 group:
5 20 25
11 a 105
b

c inear estimate: half of the 100 𝑚 120 group , all the 120 𝑚 140 group and half
of the 140 𝑚 160 group:
7 25 16 48

This is 100 46 of the apples sampled.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

Worked solutions
b i 17 °C
ii 13 °C, 20 °C so 7 °C
13 a 45

b inear approximation: of the group 20 𝑡 25 and all the group 25 𝑡 30

6 4 10 pupils.

This represents 100 22

c
5 𝑡 10 𝑡 15 𝑡 20 𝑡 25 𝑡
Time (min)
10 15 20 25 30

req 7 9 15 10 4

d sing midpoints of groups to estimate the mean:

7 7.5 9 12.5 15 17.5 10 22.5 4 27.5
ean 16.9 min
45
14 a

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

Worked solutions
26.5 cm, 35.5 cm so 9 cm
c

15 a

b 40
c edian 45
31, 63 so 32
d

The distribution of number of candidates for Mathematics S has a greater central value
but is less widely spread than the distribution of number of candidates for istory S .
16 sing midpoints of groups to estimate the mean:
35 145 60 155 55 165 20 175
ean 159 cm
35 60 55 20
17 a 160
b umber scoring at least 55: approximately 270 so percentage passing is approximately
90 .
c 60th centile is the score exceeded by 120 students: 75 marks
d edian 72
62, 80 so 18

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 10

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
The first school has a lower central score but is less widely spread (more consistent) in

Worked solutions
the scores achieved by its students, and has fewer failing the examination.
18 rom :
a Median, 2
1, 3
b I R 2
c 3 and 2 so any value above 3 1.5 2 6 would be an outlier, so 7 is an
outlier.
d

19 a 8
Outliers are values greater than 1.5 from the central 50 of the data.
1.5 8 8 so 7 is an outlier.
1.5 8 40 so there are no outliers at the high end of the data.
b

20 a

b sing midpoints of groups to estimate the mean, and assuming the lowest possible mark
is 0:
idp i 10 30 50 70 90

c 6 39 80 71 51

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 11

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
Worked solutions
6 10 39 20 80 50 71 70 51 90
ean 59.9
247
21 A , B3, 1

Exercise 6
14 a d

b The scatter growth shows a weak positive correlation

c ean height 156.7 cm
ean arm length 64 cm
61.5 cm
i With reservations, since the data is from 15-year olds, but it reasonable to predict
arm length for a 16-year old from this data.
ii 192 cm is outside the range of the data taken, and extrapolating beyond the data
would be unreliable.
iii The data is from adolescents and it would not be suitable to use the best fit line to
estimate the arm length for a 72-year old.
15 a d

b There is a fairly strong negative correlation between distance from the nearest train
station and average house price as distance increases, average house price tends to fall.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 12

Worked solutions
ean price $192 000
sing the line to estimate: A village 6.7 km from its nearest train station would be
predicted to have an average house price approximately $161 000
16 A) Strong positive correlation: raph 1
B) Weak negative correlation: raph 2
) Strong negative correlation: raph 3
) Weak positive correlation: raph 4
17 a 𝑟 0.688
b rom :𝑦 0.418𝑥 18.1
c The model predicts a second test score of 46.5
d The statement is not appropriate, as it infers causation from the correlation. There is no
reason to believe that math score drives chemistry score (or vice versa), the correlation
merely indicates that they are linked.
18 a 𝑟 0.745
b reater spending on advertising tends to yield a greater profit.
c rom :𝑦 10.8𝑥 188
d i $1270
ii $2350
The estimate for $100 is within the values of the data, and is therefore more reliable than
the estimate for $200, for which we have to extrapolate from the graph.
19 a 𝑟 0.0619
b 𝑦 51.6 0.0370𝑥
c It would not be reasonable to use a mark in istory to predict marks in a rench test. The
correlation is very low, far lower than the critical value, so the data does not indicate a
significant link between the two data sets.
d As for part c, the correlation value is so low that no link is established between the two
data sets. either is seen to predict the other, so a rench test result could also not
reliably be used to predict score in a istory test.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 13

Worked solutions
b 𝑟 0.695
c The calculated correlation coefficient has an absolute value greater than the critical
value, so we conclude that there is statistically significant negative correlation between
age and value as age increases, value tends to decrease.
21 a

b Weak, negative correlation

c 𝑟 0.480
d The absolute value of the correlation coefficient is less than the critical value. The data
does not show a significant correlation.
22 a There is a moderate positive correlation between head circumference and arm length in
the sample.
b This head circumference is within the values of the data set and there is a moderate
correlation, so the estimate can be considered reliable.
c Substituting 𝑥 51.7 into the regression line equation: 𝑦 40.8.
An arm length of 40.8 cm is predicted.
23 a 𝑟 0.828
There is a moderate positive correlation between time spent practising and test mark.
b 𝑚 0.631𝑡 5.30

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 14

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
c The intercept value suggests that if no time is spent revising, Theo would expect to score

Worked solutions
5.3 on a test.
The gradient suggests that for every minute spent studying, he increases his expected test
score by 0.631 marks.
24 a The moderate positive correlation suggests that as advertising budget increases, so too
does profit.
b o. The correlation shows a linkage, it does not show causation.
c i The slope 3.25 suggests that for every thousand Euros spent in advertising, the
profits are expected to rise by 3 250 Euros, within the interval of the advertising
budget investigated.
ii The intercept 138 suggests that with no advertising at all, there would be a profit of
138 000 Euros.
25 a

b The two regions represent sales in cold weather (perhaps winter) and sales in warm
weather (summer).
c or the winter temperatures, there appears to be no significant correlation between
temperature and sales.
or the summer temperatures, there appears to be a strong positive correlation between
temperature and sales.
d Excluding the lower population (temperatures below 20 °C), the regression line is
calculated as
𝑦 2.97 1.30𝑥
This predicts that for a temperature of 28 °C, the sales would be approximately 39.5.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 15

Worked solutions
b The children and the adults have height to mass relationships, but each subpopulation
shows a (different) positive linear correlation.
c

children 126, 24.3 , adults 162, 56.8

d The regression line for the childrens’ data (heights less than 140 𝑐𝑚) in the data has
equation
𝑚 0.835 81.1
This predicts a mass of 19.0 kg for a child with height 120 cm.
27 a or 𝑥:
12, 24.
or 𝑦,
11, 19
b Outliers are values more than 1.5 above or below .
or 𝑥, 12 and all the data values lie within 12 1.5 12 , 24 1.5 12
6,42
or 𝑦, 8 and all the data values lie within 11 1.5 8 , 19 1.5 8 1,31
There are no outliers in either data set.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 16

Worked solutions
Mixed Practice
1 a i Systematic sampling
ii Students might have a weekly borrowing pattern, so would either be sampled every
time or not at all.
Even without such a regular pattern, some days of the week might be busier than
others, and picking the same day every week would then not be representative.
b i Each possible ten day selection has an equal chance of being picked for the sample.
ii The sample is more likely to be representative of all the days in the investigation.
c rom :
i ange 11
ii 𝑥 17.4
iii 3.17
2 a

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 17

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
b There is a strong positive correlation as temperature increases, sale of cold drinks also

Worked solutions
tends to increase.
c rom :𝑛 1.56𝑇 10.9
d 26 °C is within the range of data values for a high correlation line, so we can confidently
estimate using the regression equation.
When 𝑇 26, 𝑛 30.0
3 a sing midpoints of groups to estimate the mean:
4 1.4 10 1.8 8 2.2 16 2.6 12 3.0
ean 2.38 kg
50
b

c rom the graph:

Median 2.5 kg
1.9 kg, 2.8 kg so 0.9 kg
d

4 a iscrete
b ode 0
c rom :
i 𝑥 1.47 passengers
ii edian 1.5 passengers
iii 1.25 passengers

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 18

Worked solutions
b

c 40 25 10 students
6 a rom :𝑟 0.996
b rom :𝑦 3.15𝑥 15.4
c igh correlation and value within the data range allows confident approximation from
the regression equation.
When 𝑥 26, 𝑦 66.5
7 a

b rom the graph:

i Median 6.9 mins
ii 5.0 mins, 7.9 mins so 1.9 mins
iii 90th centile is at 𝑐 43.2, which corresponds to approximately 9.3 mins
c
Ti
0 t 2 4
2 t 4 5
4 t 6 7
6 t 8 11
8 t 10 8
10 t 12 3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 19

Worked solutions
4 1 5 3 7 5 21 7 8 9 3 11
ean 6.375 mins
48
8 a rom :
Median 46
33.5, 56 so 22.5
b Outliers are values more than 1.5 above or below .
The lower boundary for outliers is 33.5 1.5 22.5 0.25 so there are no outliers at
the lower end of the data.
The upper boundary for outliers is 56 1.5 22.5 89.75 so 93 is an outlier.
c

9 a rom :
Mean 121 cm
ar 22.9 cm
b Adding a constant changes the mean but not the variance.
or the new data,
Mean 156 cm
ar 22.9 cm
10 et be the distance travelled, in kilometres.
𝑥 11.6, 12.5
et be the cost of his travels, in $
15 3.45
Then 𝑦 15 3.45𝑥 $55.02
And 3.45 $43.13
11
5 0 6 1 8 2 3𝑥
ean
19 𝑥
22 3𝑥
1.6
19 𝑥
22 3𝑥 30.4 1.6𝑥
1.4𝑥 8.4
𝑥 6

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 20

Worked solutions
b rom : 19.1 99.0
c rom :𝑟 0.994
This indicates a strong positive correlation between shell length and mass as shell length
increases, mass reliably increases as well.
d 8 cm is within the range of data values, and the correlation is high, so an estimate from
the regression equation is reliable.
The model predicts a mass of 252 g
The model would predict a mass of between 137 g and 175 g.
This prediction is not reliable, since these masses are outside the data gathered, and
cannot reliably be estimated by extrapolating the linear model for adult crabs.
13 a i A positive 𝑦-intercept of 2 could be interpreted as a fixed increase in performance of
2 miles for all athletes, irrespective of their previous fitness levels.
ii The positive gradient of 1.2 could be interpreted as a variable 20 increase in
performance levels for all athletes.
b The new mean would be 1.2 8 2 11.6 miles
c i The correlation is unchanged by a linear transformation on the data. It remains 0.84

ii The equation of the regression line becomes

1.6𝑦
1.6 1.2𝑥 2
1.2
1.6 2
1.6
1.2 3.2
Since both axes undergo the same linear transformation, the gradient remains
unchanged but the intercept is adjusted (what was an intercept of 2 miles is now
3.2 km).

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 21

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 7A
16 a Estimate P(negative side effect) = = ≈ 0.0743

b Expected number with side effects = 900 × = 66.9

17 P(2) = =
1
Expected number of twos after 30 rolls = 30 × = 7.5
4
18 P(not a diamond) =
3
Expected number not diamonds = 20 × = 15
4
19 P(1) =

So if 400 × P(1) = 50 then 𝑛 = 8

20 P(Odd) + P(Even) = 1 because ‘Odd’ and ‘Even’ are complementary events.
P(Odd) = 3P(Even) so 4P(Even) = 1
1 3
P(Even) = , P(Odd) =
4 4
21 P(accident) = = 0.062

If the policy price is $𝐴, the company wants the expected payout to be 0.8$𝐴 in order to
make a 20% profit on policies sold.
The expected payout per policy is 0.062 × $15 000 = $930
0.8𝐴 = 930 so 𝐴 = $1162.50
.
22 a .
= 1.5

b =4

𝑝 = 4 − 4𝑝
5𝑝 = 4
𝑝 = 0.8
23 Let 𝑟 be the number of red balls.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 1

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
Then there are 3𝑟 green balls and 12𝑟 blue balls, for a total of 16𝑟 balls.

Worked solutions
𝑟 1
P(Red ball) = =
16𝑟 16
24 The area of the square is 1 and the area of the circle, which has radius , is

The probability of any point falling into the circle is therefore .

The relative frequency in the simulation gives ≈

So 𝜋 ≈ = 3.12

Exercise 7B
40 a
First die
𝟏 𝟐 𝟑 𝟒 𝟓 𝟔
𝟏 1 2 3 4 5 6
𝟐 2 4 6 8 10 12
𝟑 3 6 9 12 15 18
Second die

𝟒 4 8 12 16 20 24
𝟓 5 10 15 20 25 30
𝟔 6 12 18 24 30 36

b P(X ⩾ 20) = =
4
Expected number of twenties in 180 trials = 180 × = 40
18
41
First die
𝟏 𝟐 𝟑 𝟒
𝟏 2 3 4 5
𝟐 3 4 5 6
𝟑 4 5 6 7
𝟒 5 6 7 8
𝟓 6 7 8 9
Second die

𝟔 7 8 9 10
𝟕 8 9 10 11
𝟖 9 10 11 12
26 13
P(𝑋 < 10) = =
32 16

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

Worked solutions
b P(D ∩ L ) = =

c P(𝐿|𝐷 ) = =

43 P(𝐺, 𝑌) = × =
18 12 36
P(𝑌, 𝐺) = × =
30 29 145
So P(different colours) = ≈ 0.496

44 a i P(late|rain) = =

ii P(late|not rain) = =

b Since P(late|rain) = P(late|not rain), rain and late are independent events.
45 a

b P(𝐺) =

c P(𝑇│𝐺) =

a 130 − (50 + 45 − 12) = 47

c =

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
47 There are 4 teams higher in the league and 13 teams lower in the league.

Worked solutions
4 13
P(win) = × 20% + × 70% = 58.2%
17 17
48 P(working) = × 0.8 + × 0.7 = 0.75

a P(B ∩ L) =

b P(L ) = + + = = = 0.88

50 There are 6 = 216 possible throws (using ordered dice)

Means of throwing a total of 5:
1,1,3 1,2,2 1,3,1 2,1,2 2,2,1 3,1,1

Total of 6 ways, so the probability of a score 5 is =

51 a i P(blue) = = =

ii P(blond) =

iii P(blue ∩ blond) =

52
P(𝐵) = P(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵) − P(𝐴) − P(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵)
= 0.9 − (0.6 − 0.2)
= 0.5
53
P(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) = P(𝐴) + P(𝐵) − P(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵)
= (0.7 + 0.7) − 0.9
= 0.5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

Worked solutions
P(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) = P(𝐴) × P(𝐵|𝐴)
2 1
= ×
5 2
1
=
5
b
P(𝐵) = P(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵) − P(𝐴) − P(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵)
3 2 1
= − −
4 5 5
11
=
20
55 a P(𝑅 |𝑅 ) = =

b
40 39
P(𝑅 ∩ 𝑅 ) = ×
70 69
52
=
161
c
30 29
P(𝐺 ∩ 𝐺 ) = ×
70 69
29
=
161
Then the probability of same colours is = >

It is more likely to get the same colours than to get different colours.
56 a Let 𝑅 be the event of rain on day 𝑛
P(𝑅 ∪ 𝑅 ) = 1 − P(𝑅 ∩ 𝑅 )
= 1 − (0.88 )
= 0.2256
b
P(𝑅 ∩ 𝑅 ∩ 𝑅 ) = 0.12
= 0.00173

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Worked solutions
b P(𝑆 ∩ 𝐺 ∩ 𝑀 ) = = 0.21

c
𝑛(𝑀 ∩ 𝑆)
P(𝑀|𝑆) =
𝑛(𝑆)
11
=
40
58 a

b The total in all the regions of the diagram must equal 30.
𝑥 + (11 − 𝑥) + (11 − 𝑥) + 𝑥 + (𝑥 − 4) + (10 − 𝑥) + (𝑥 − 6) = 30
𝑥 + 22 = 30
c 𝑥=8
8 4
P(𝑊 ∩ 𝑃 ∩ 𝑇) = =
30 15
d
𝑛(𝑃 ∩ 𝑇 )
P(𝑃|𝑇 ) =
𝑛(𝑇 )
7
=
15

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

Worked solutions
𝑛(𝑊 ∩ 𝑇 ∩ 𝑃′)
P(𝑊 ∩ 𝑇|2 items) =
𝑛(2 items)
3
=
8
59 a There are 3 options for older and younger: (𝐵, 𝐺), (𝐺, 𝐵) and (𝐵, 𝐵). In the absence of
other information, each is equally likely.
1
P(𝐵, 𝐵) =
3
b There are now only two options for older and younger: 𝐵𝐺 or 𝐵𝐵. In the absence of
other information, each is equally likely.
1
P(𝐵, 𝐵) =
2

Mixed Practice
1 650 × = 416 participants

2
boy girl total
apples 16 21 37
bananas 32 14 46
strawberries 11 21 32
total 59 56 115

a P(girl) =

b P(girl ∩ apples) =

c P(banana|boy) =

d P(girl|strawberry) =

a P(𝐹 ∩ 𝑌) = × =

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

4 a

b i P(𝐹) = =

ii P(𝐹|𝑇 ) =

5 a
P(𝐹 ∩ 𝐺) = P(𝐹) + 𝑃(𝐺) − 𝑃(𝐹 ∪ 𝐺)
= 0.4 + 0.6 − (1 − 0.2)
= 0.2
b
P(𝐺 ∩ 𝐹 )
P(𝐺|𝐹 ) =
P(𝐹 )
0.4
=
0.6
2
=
3
6 a
P(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) = P(𝐴) + P(𝐵) − P(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵)
= 0.6 + 0.3 − 0.72
= 0.18
b Since P(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) = P(𝐴) × P(𝐵), 𝐴 and 𝐵 are independent events.
7 P(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵) = P(𝐴) + P(𝐵) − P(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵)
If 𝐴 and 𝐵 are independent then P(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) = P(𝐴) × P(𝐵)
So P(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵) = P(𝐴) + P(𝐵) − P(𝐴) × P(𝐵)
= 0.6 + 0.8 − 0.6 × 0.8
= 1.4 − 0.48
= 0.92
8 a

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

Worked solutions
b P(𝐴|𝐵) = .
= = 0.75
.
c P(𝐵|𝐴 ) = .
= = 0.667

9 a i
P(1) = P(1|𝐻) × P(𝐻) + P(1|𝑇) × P(𝑇)
1 1 1 2
= × + ×
6 3 4 3
1 3
= +
18 18
2
=
9
ii
P(6) = P(6|𝐻) × P(𝐻) + P(6|𝑇) × P(𝑇)
1 1 2
= × +0×
6 3 3
1
=
18
b
P(3 ∪ 6) = P(3 ∪ 6|𝐻) × P(𝐻) + P(3 ∪ 6|𝑇) × P(𝑇)
1 1 1 2
= × + ×
3 3 4 3
2 3
= +
18 18
5
=
18
10 Let 𝑆 be the event that the number is a multiple of 7 and 𝑁 be the event that the number is a
multiple of 9.

a = 142.9
143
P(𝑆) =
1000
= 0.143

b = 111.19
111
P(𝑁) =
1000
= 0.111

c = 15.9

P(𝑆 ∪ 𝑁) = P(𝑆) + P(𝑁) − P(𝑆 ∩ 𝑁)

= 0.142 + 0.111 − 0.015
= 0.238

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

Worked solutions
b P(𝑇, 𝑇, 𝑇) =

c P(at least one 𝐻) = 1 − P(𝑇, 𝑇, 𝑇) =

d P(2𝐻 + 1𝑇) = P(𝐻, 𝐻, 𝑇) + P(𝐻, 𝑇, 𝐻) + P(𝑇, 𝐻, 𝐻) =

12 For Asher:
8 6 6 8
P(𝑊𝐵 ∪ 𝐵𝑊) = × + ×
14 13 14 13
48
=
91
For Elsa:
8 6 6 8
P(𝑊𝐵 ∪ 𝐵𝑊) = × + ×
14 14 14 14
48 24
= =
98 49
Asher has a higher chance of selecting one of each colour.
13
8 7 6 5 5 4
P(𝑅𝑅 ∪ 𝑊𝑊 ∪ 𝐵𝐵) = × + × + ×
19 18 19 18 19 18
106
=
342
53
=
171
≈ 0.310
14 a
8
P(𝑅 |𝐵 ) =
23

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 10

Worked solutions
P(𝑅 ∪ 𝑅 ) = P(𝑅 ) + P(𝑅 ) − P(𝑅 ∩ 𝑅 )
8 8 8 7
= + − ×
24 24 24 23
13
=
23
15 a P(𝑅) = =

b P(𝐺 𝐵 ) = × =

c
2 1 3 2 7 6
P(𝐺 𝐺 ∪ 𝑅 𝑅 ∪ 𝐵 𝐵 ) = × + × + ×
12 11 12 11 12 11
25
=
66
16 a

b 16
c i 22 − 19 = 3
ii Total in the diagram studying at least one of the subjects:
11 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 10 + 2 + 3 = 44
Total who study none of these subjects: 100 − 44 = 56

d i P(E) = = = 0.22

ii P(𝑀 ∩ 𝐶 ∩ 𝐸 ) = = = 0.05

iii P(𝑀 ∩ 𝐸 ) = = = 0.62

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 11

Worked solutions
P(𝑀 ∩ 𝐸 )
P(𝑀 |𝐸 ) =
P(𝐸 )
0.62
=
0.78
31
=
39
17 P(𝑅 𝑅 ) = ×
𝑛 𝑛−1
P(𝑌 𝑌 ) = ×
10 + 𝑛 9 + 𝑛
P(Same colour) = P(𝑅 𝑅 ) + P(𝑌 𝑌 )
90 + 𝑛 − 𝑛
=
(10 + 𝑛)(9 + 𝑛)
1
=
2
Rearranging:
2(90 + 𝑛 − 𝑛) = (10 + 𝑛)(9 + 𝑛)
180 + 2𝑛 − 2𝑛 = 90 + 19𝑛 + 𝑛
𝑛 − 21𝑛 + 90 = 0
b Factorising:
(𝑛 − 15)(𝑛 − 6) = 0
𝑛 = 15 or 𝑛 = 6
18 a P(𝐹 ∪ 𝑆) = 100% since all students have to learn at least one of the languages.
P(𝐹 ∩ 𝑆) = P(𝐹) + P(𝑆) − P(𝐹 ∪ 𝑆)
= 40% + 75% − 100%
= 15%
b
P(𝑆 ∩ 𝐹 ) = P(𝑆) − P(𝐹 ∩ 𝑆)
= 75% − 15%
= 60%
c i
P(𝐺 ∩ 𝑆) = P(𝑆|𝐺) × P(𝐺)
= 85% × 52%
= 0.442 = 44.2%
ii P(G ∩ S) = 44.2% and P(𝐺) × P(𝑆) = 52% × 75% = 39%
Since P(𝐺 ∩ 𝑆) ≠ P(𝐺) × P(𝑆), the two events are not independent.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 12

Worked solutions
P(𝑆 ∩ 𝐺 )
P(𝑆|𝐺 ) =
P(𝐺 )
30.8%
=
48%
= 0.642 = 64.2%
19 a and b

c 𝑥 + 7 + 2𝑥 + 18 + 15 + 12 + 𝑥 + 8 = 100
4𝑥 + 60 = 100
𝑥 = 10
d i 𝑛(Mango) = 50
ii 𝑛(Mango ∪ Banana) = 82

e i P(𝑀 ∩ 𝐵 ∩ 𝐾 ) = = = 0.08

ii P(𝑀 ∩ 𝐵 ∩ 𝐾) + P(𝑀 ∩ 𝐵 ∩ 𝐾) + P(𝑀 ∩ 𝐵 ∩ 𝐾 ) = = 0.37

iii P(𝑀 ∩ 𝐵 ∩ 𝐾|𝑀 ∩ 𝐵) = = 0.682

f P(both dislike all) = × = = 0.566%

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 13

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Tip: All the values calculated here are given exactly or to 3 significant figures.
Wherever a previously calculated value has to be used in a subsequent part of the question, the
calculated value has been retained in the calculator and reused. If you consistently get a slightly
different answer, you may be using rounded values in subsequent calculations, and are
experiencing the effects of cumulative rounding errors.
As a rule of thumb, if your final answer is to be accurate to 3 s. ., you need to keep at least 4
and preferably 5 s.f. for all preliminary calculated values, or store results in your calculator for
future use in the same question.

Exercise 8A
13 a Require P 𝑥 1
0.2 0.1 0.3 𝑘 1
𝑘 0.4
b P 3 0.3 𝑘 0.7
c

𝑥P 𝑥
1 0.2 2 0.1 3 0.3 4𝑘
2.9
14 a Require P 𝑦 1
0.1 0.3 𝑘 2𝑘 1
3𝑘 0.6
𝑘 0.2
b P 6 0.1 0.3 0.4
c

𝑦P 𝑦
1 0.1 3 0.3 6𝑘 10 2𝑘
6.2

15 a P ,

P ,

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 1

Worked solutions
P ,
𝑥 0 1 2
P 𝑥 4 48 15
13 91 91
b

𝑥P 𝑥
48 15
0 1 2
91 91
78
0.857
91
16 a P H, H

b P H, H′

P H′, H

P H , H′
0 1 2
P 𝐻 19 13 1
34 34 17
c

𝐻 P 𝐻
13 1
0 1 2
34 17
17
34
0.5
17 Two outcomes:
eads: Olivia has a loss of 2
Tails: Olivia has a gain of 3
Olivia’s expected gain is 2 3 50 pence
Since Olivia has an expectation greater than ero, the game is biased in her favour, so is not
fair.
18 Two outcomes:
iamond: Shinji has a loss of 3
ot diamonds: Shinji has a gain of 𝑛
Shinji’s expected gain is 3 𝑛 75𝑛 75 pence
The game is fair’ (Shinji’s expected gain is ero) if 𝑛 1
(This is a ero-sum game, so if fair for Shinji then it is also fair for Maria)

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
19 et be the number or tails and therefore the number of dollars paid out.

Worked solutions
𝑥 0 1 2 3
P 𝑥 1 3 3 1
8 8 8 8

𝑥P 𝑥
3 3 1
0 1 2 3
8 8 8
12
8
1.5
So the stall should charge $1.50 to make the game fair.
20 a

b
et be the number of heads.
3
P 2
8
c
𝑥 0 1 2 3
P 𝑥 1 3 3 1
8 8 8 8
d

𝑥P 𝑥
3 3 1
0 1 2 3
8 8 8
12
8
1.5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

Worked solutions
i di

2 3 4 5
3 4 5 6
d i

4 5 6 7
c

5 6 7 8

2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 1 3 1 3 1 1
16 8 16 4 16 8 16
d

𝑥P 𝑥
1 1 3 1 3 1 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
16 8 16 4 16 8 16
5

22 a P 3 6 0.4

𝑥P 𝑥
4 5 6
1 2 3
15 15 15
32
2.13
15
23 a Require P 𝑦 𝑦 1
𝑘 3 4 5 1
1
𝑘
12
b
P 5 P 5 P 6
4𝑘 5𝑘
3
0.75
4
c

𝑦P 𝑦
3 4 5
4 5 6
12 12 12
62
5.17
12

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

Worked solutions
1 1 1
𝑐 1 1
2 3 4
25
𝑐 1
12
12
𝑐 0.48
25
b
1 2 3 4
12 12 12 12
25 50 75 100
88
P 3
100

So P 2 3

𝑥P 𝑥
12 12 12 12
1 2 3 4
25 50 75 100
1.92
25 Require P 𝑥 1
𝑎 0.2 0.3 𝑏 1
𝑎 𝑏 0.5 1

𝑥P 𝑥
1 𝑎 2 0.2 3 0.3 4 𝑏
𝑎 4𝑏 1.3
2.4
𝑎 4𝑏 1.1 2
2 1 : 3𝑏 0.6
So 𝑏 0.2, 𝑎 0.3

Exercise 8B
19 a 10,

b rom :P 2 0.291
c rom :
P 2 1 P 2
1 0.775
0.225

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Worked solutions
12, 0.85
rom :P 10 0.292
b rom
P 10 1 𝑃 9
1 0.264
0.736
c 12 0.85 10.2
21 a rom :P 11 0.160
b rom
P 9 1 P 9
1 0.128
0.872
c rom
P 7 10 P 9 P 6
0.128 0.006
0.121
d ar 20 0.6 0.4 4.8
22 et be the number of correct answers. 25,0.2
a
P 10 P 9
0.983
b 25 0.2 5
c
P 5 1 P 5
1 0.617
0.383
23 a Assume independent events and constant probability:
Each employee gets a cold with the same probability.
One employee having a cold has no impact on the probability of another employee
catching a cold.
b or an infectious condition, independence is questionable if one employee has a cold,
one would imagine the probability of others getting a cold would be significantly
increased.
c et be the number of employees suffering from a cold. 80,0.012 .
rom :P 3 0.0560
d
P 3 1 P 3
1 0.9841
0.0159

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
Worked solutions
24 et be the number of sixes rolled in 0 rolls. 20, .

20
3.33
6
P 3.33 1 P 3
1 0.567
0.433
25 a et be the number of eggs broken in one box. 6,0.06 .
P 1 1 P 0
1 0.690
0.310
b et be the number of boxes out of ten which will be returned. 10, 0.310 .
Tip: Always clearly define your variables and use different letters for different variables. This is
very important for making your working clear in questions like this where one variable has
parameters calculated from the distribution of another.
P 1 1 P 0
1 0.0245
0.976
c
P 2 1 P 2
1 0.3565 
0.643
26 et be the number of hits out of 10 shots. 10, 0.7 .
Assume constant probability and independence between shots.
a
P 7 1 P 6
1 0.350
0.650
b et be the number of rounds in which the archer hits at least seven times.
5,0.650 .
P 3 1 P 2
1 0.235
0.765
27 et be the number of sixes rolled in ten rolls. 10, 𝑝 .
Empirical data suggests that 2.7 10𝑝 so estimate 𝑝 0.27
10, 0.27
rom :
P 4 1 P 4
1 0.896
0.104

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

Worked solutions
ar 𝑛𝑝 1 𝑝 3 9 2
9 1
2 1 : 1 𝑝
36 4
Then 𝑝 and 𝑛 48

48,0.75
rom :P 36 0.132
29 a et be the number of defective components in a pack of ten. 10, 0.003
P 1 1 P 0
1 0.9704
0.0296
b A batch is rejected if both of two selected packs contain at least one defective
component.
The probability of rejecting a batch is therefore 0.0296 0.000876
c In a manufacturing situation, defective components may arise due to a faulty
manufacturing machine or lower quality materials, either of which might be expected to
affect multiple components.

Exercise 8C
13 o the data suggest the distribution is not symmetrical
14 a

b et be tree height in metres. 8.7, 2.3 .

rom :P 5 10 0.660
15 et be phone battery life in hours. 56, 8 .
a rom : P 50 60 0.465
b rom :P 72 0.0228
16 et be tree height in metres. 17.2, 6.3 .
a rom : P 15 20 0.308
b rom :P 20 0.328

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
17 et be the time harlotte runs a 400 m race, in seconds. 62.3, 4.5 .

Worked solutions
a rom :P 65 0.274
b et be the number of races out of 38 in which she ran over 65 seconds.
38, 0.274
38 0.274 10.4
c rom :P 59.7 0.282
18 et be the time (in minutes) taken to complete a pu le. 4.5, 1.5 .
a rom :P 7 0.0478
b Require 𝑥 such that P 𝑥 0.9
rom :𝑥 6.42 minutes
19 et be the time (in hours) of screen time. 4.2, 1.3 .
a rom :P 6 0.0831
b Require 𝑇 such that P 𝑇 0.95
rom :𝑇 6.34 hours
c rom :P 3 0.178
et be the number of teenagers in a group of 350 who get less than 3 hours of screen
time per day.
350, 0.178
350 0.178 62.3
20 et be the distance (in metres) achieved in long jump for this group. 5.2,0.6 .
a rom :P 6 0.151
et be the number of competitors out of 30 who jump further than 6 m.
30 0.151 4.53
b Require 𝑥 such that P 𝑥 0.95
rom :𝑥 6.47 m
21 et 𝑇 be the time (in seconds) taken to run 100 m for this group. 𝑇 14.3, 2.2 .
Require 𝑡 such that P 𝑡 𝑡 0.15 where 𝑡 is the greatest possible qualifying time.
ow, when 𝑃 0.15, we have that 1.03624.
.
I.e. 1.03624
√ .

ence, 𝑡 12.763 12.8 s

22 12, 5
a Require 𝑥 such that P 𝑥 0.75
rom :𝑥 15.4 s
b Require 𝑥 such that P 𝑥 0.75 and 𝑥 such that P 𝑥 0.25
rom :𝑥 15.4 s and 𝑥 8.63 s
So 𝑥 𝑥 6.74 s

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

Worked solutions
Require 𝑥 such that P 𝑥 0.8
rom :𝑥 4.61
24 17, 3.2
rom :P 15 0.734
Require 𝑘 such that P 𝑘 0.734 0.62
rom :𝑘 20.9
25 13.2, 5.1
rom :P 17.3 0.789
Require 𝑐 such that P 𝑐 0.789 0.14
rom :𝑘 15.2
26 or a ormal distribution to apply, require a symmetrical unimodal distribution with
approximately 95 of the distribution within 2 standard deviations from the mean.
The test data show that the minimum mark (0 ) is only 1.75 standard deviations below the
mean, which would mean the distribution cannot have that ormal bell-shape.
(An alternative way of looking at it would be that if the distribution were 35,20
then there would be a predicted probability of P 0 0.04 4 that a member of the
population scores less than 0 .)
27 a The distribution appears symmetrical, with the central 50 occupying an interval
equivalent to between half and two thirds of each of the 25 tails of the distribution.
b et be the weights of children 36, 8.5
Require 𝑥 such that P 𝑥 0.75 and 𝑥 such that P 𝑥 0.25
rom :𝑥 41.7 and 𝑥 30.3
This gives 11.7.
iven there are no outliers, we understand the minimum to be no less than 𝑥
1.5 12.8 and the maximum to be no greater than 𝑥 1.5 59.2

Tip: If you are only considering the ormal model aspect of the question, you might consider
that the correct upper and lower boundaries would be more like 3 but then by the
definition of outliers in a box plot the minimum and maximum values you plot for the of the
population would be outliers, which the question explicitly excludes.
28 et be the sprinter’s reaction time, in seconds. 0.2, 0.1 .
a rom :P 0 0.0228.
If the reaction time is recorded as negative, that means the sprinter anticipated the start
signal (left the blocks before the signal was given).

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 10

Worked solutions
c et be the number of races out of ten in which the sprinter gets a false start.
10, 0.159
P 1 1 P 1
1 0.513
0.488
d It is assumed that the sprinter’s probability of a false start is constant and that false starts
are independent, so that can be modelled by a binomial distribution. Since repeat
offences might lead to disqualification or being barred from future events, it is likely that
after one false start, the sprinter would adjust behaviour this might be expected to equate
to raising the mean reaction time above 0.2 s, for example, and would mean that the set
of 10 races would not have a constant probability of a false start, and would not be
independent of each other.
29 et be the mass of an egg. 60, 5 .
P 53 0.0808
P 53 63 0.645
P 63 0.274
et be the income from an egg, in cents
0 12 16
0.0808 0.645 0.274

𝑦P 𝑦
0 0.0808 12 0.645 16 0.274
12.1
So the expected value of each egg is 12.1
Then the expected value of 6000 eggs is 6000 12.1 $728 to 3 s. .

Mixed Practice
1 a Require P 𝑥 1
0.2 0.2 0.1 𝑘 1
𝑘 0.5
b P 3 0.1 𝑘 0.6
c

𝑥P 𝑥
1 0.2 2 0.2 3 0.1 4𝑘
2.9
2 et be the number of sixes rolled in twelve rolls. 12, .
a rom :
P 2 0.296

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 11

Worked solutions
P 2 1 P 2
1 0.677
0.323
3 et be film length, in minutes. 96, 12 .
a rom : P 100 120 0.347
b rom :P 105 0.227
4 et be a score on the test. .
Require 𝑥 such that P 𝑥 0.985
rom :𝑥 215
5 et be the number of defective plates in a random sample of twenty. 20, 0.021
rom
P 1 1 P 0
1 0.654
0.346
6 a
$1 $0.50 $1.50
1 1 1
2 3 6
b Expected value of each play for Alessia is

𝑥P 𝑥
1 1 1
1 0.5 1.5
2 3 6
1
12
The game is not fair Alessia expects to lose $ on each play.

7 et be the profit a player makes on the game.

2 0 3 3
1 1 1 1
2 5 5 10
or the game to be fair, require 0

𝑥P 𝑥
1 1 1 3
2 0 3
2 5 5 10
3 2
10 5
Therefore 3 4 from which 7

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 12

Worked solutions
a rom :P 24.5 0.933
b i

ii rom :𝑘 23.1
9 30, 𝑝

a 10 30𝑃 so 𝑃

b rom :P 10 0.153
c rom :
P 15 1 P 14
1 0.9565
0.0435
10 a et be the mass of an apple. 110, 12.2 .
rom :P 100 0.206
b et be the number of apples in a bag of six with mass less than 100 g.
Assuming independence and constant probability from part a:
rom :
P 15 1 P 1
1 0.640
0.360
11 a et be the mass of an egg. 63, 6.8 .
P 73 0.0707
et be the number of very large eggs in a box of six eggs.
Assuming independence and a constant probability, 6,0.0707 .
P 1 1 P 0
1 0.644
0.356
b et be the number of very large eggs in a box of twelve. Assuming the same
independence and constant probability of a very large egg: 12, 0.0707 .
rom :P 1 0.294
rom :P 2 0.158
It is more likely that a box of six contains a single very large egg.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 13

Worked solutions
a rom :P 7.65 0.354
b et be the number of jumps in three attempts which exceed 7.65 m. 3, 0.354 .
rom :
P 1 1 P 0
1 0.2695 
0.730
13 et be the 100 m time of a club runner in seconds. 15.2, 1.6
rom :P 13.8 0.191
et be the number of racers (out of the other seven) who have a time less than 13.8 s.
7, 0.191
eidi wins the race when 0.
rom :P 0 0.227
14 et be the amount of paracetamol in a tablet, in milligrams. 500, 80 .
rom :P 380 0.0668
et be the number of participants in a trial of twenty five who get a dose less than
380 mg.
25, 0.0668
rom :
P 2 1 P 0
1 0.768
0.232
15 a

𝑥P 𝑥
1 0.15 2 0.25 3 0.08 4 0.17 5 0.15 6 0.20
3.52
b Rolls are independent, so
P 5,6 0.15 0.2 0.03
P 6,5 0.2 0.15 0.03
So the probability of rolling a five and a six (in either order) is 0.06.
c et be the number of times in ten rolls that a one is rolled. 10, 0.15 .
rom :
P 2 1 P 1
1 0.544
0.456

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 14

Worked solutions
1 1
𝑎 𝑏 1
3 4
7
𝑏 𝑎
12
et be the gain in a single game.
2 1 0 1
1 1 𝑎 7
𝑎
3 4 12

𝑥P 𝑥
1 1 7
2 1 𝑎
3 4 12
4
𝑎
12
Expected gain per game is

So 𝑎
1
𝑎
6
17 et be the height of a pupil at the school in cm. 148, 8 .
a Require 𝑥 such that P 𝑥 0.75 and 𝑥 such that P 𝑥 0.25
rom :𝑥 153.4 cm and 𝑥 142.6 cm
So 153.4 142.6 10.8 cm
b Outliers are more than 1.5 outside the quartile marks.
rom :
P 𝑥 1.5 10.8 0.00349
By symmetry, there is the same probability of a value above 𝑥 1.5
Total probability of outlier: 0.00698 or 0.698 of the pupils.
18 or a ormal distribution to apply, require a symmetrical unimodal distribution with
approximately 95 of the distribution within 2 standard deviations from the mean.
The context shows that the minimum time (0 minutes, which is clearly unrealistic anyway)
is only 2 standard deviations below the mean, which would mean the distribution cannot
have that ormal bell-shape.
(An alternative way of looking at it would be that if the distribution were 10, 5
then there would be a predicted probability of P 0 0.0228 that a member of the
population finishes the test before starting it )

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 15

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
19 et be the volume of water in a bottle (in millilitres). 330, 5 .

Worked solutions
Require 𝑥 such that P 𝑥 0.025.
rom :𝑥 320.2
The bottle should be labelled 320 ml.
20
i di

2 3 4 5 6 7
3 4 5 6 7 8
4 5 6 7 8 9
5 6 7 8 9 10
d i

6 7 8 9 10 11
7 8 9 10 11 12
c

a P 5

b et be the number of pri es won in eight attempts. 8,

P 3 0.0426
21 a et be the time to complete a task. 20, 1.25 .
rom :P 21.8 0.925
b Require 𝑥 such that P 𝑥 0.925 0.3 0.625
rom :𝑥 20.4
22 a 1000, 4
rom : P 990 1004 0.835
b Require 𝑘 such that P 𝑘 0.95
rom :𝑘 1006.58
Tip: iven the context of the question, you clearly don’t want to give an answer to 3s.f. here
uick judgement suggests that the values should be 3 s.f. detail for their difference from 1000 g
c Interval symmetrical about the distribution mean, so we require 5 above the interval
and 5 below the interval. Then 𝑎 𝑘 1000 6.58

23 5,

a i 5 1

ii rom :
P 3 1 P 2
1 0.9421
0.0579

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 16

Worked solutions
0.67 0.05 𝑎 2𝑏 𝑎 𝑏 2𝑎 𝑏 0.04 1
4𝑎 2𝑏 0.24
ii

𝑦P 𝑦
0 0.67 1 0.05 2 𝑎 2𝑏 3 𝑎 𝑏 4 2𝑎 𝑏
5 0.04
0.25 13𝑎 5𝑏
1
Simultaneous equations:
4𝑎 2𝑏 0.24 1
13𝑎 5𝑏 0.75 2
2 2 5 1 : 6𝑎 0.3
So 𝑎 0.05 and 𝑏 0.02
c P 3 𝑎 𝑏 2𝑎 𝑏 0.04 0.19 0.0579
Bill is more likely to pass the test.
24 et be the distance thrown in metres. 40, 5 .
By symmetry, P 40 0.5
rom : P 40 46 0.385
Then P 46 0.115
et be the number of points achieved in a single throw.
0 1 4

0.5 0.385 0.115

a i

𝑦P 𝑦
0 1 0.385 4 0.115
0.845 points
ii If she throws twice, the expected value is 2 0.845 1.69 points.

b It is assumed that the probabilities stay the same between throws, so that each attempt
follows the same distribution and that attempts are independent. owever, osie may be
expected to improve as she warms up, or perhaps get worse in the later attempts as she
tires. Success may lift her ability to achieve, and failure to score may make her tense up
and perform worse. At any rate, we may anticipate that subsequent throws do not follow
the same normal distribution, and depend on previous throws.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 17

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
Worked solutions
25 et be the number of sixes rolled in 𝑛 throws. 𝑛, .

Then P 0 1 𝑝
5
0.194
6
rom :𝑛 9
26 et be the number of heads when a fair coin is tossed 𝑛 times. 𝑛, 0.5 .
Require 𝑛 such that P 0 0.001
P 0 0.5
So 0.5 0.001
Then 2 1000
The least such 𝑛 is 10, since 2 1024
27 et be the number of tails from ten tosses of the biased coin. 10, 0.57 .
a rom :
P 4 1 P 3
1 0.0806
0.919
b or the fourth tail on the tenth toss, require three tails in the first nine tosses and then a
tail.
et be the number of tails from nine tosses. 9, 0.57
rom :P 3 0.0983
So the required probability is 0.0983 0.57 0.0561
28
Tip: This may not look immediately like anything you have studied so far. Try to reframe the
question in terms of something you do know. Many probability problems can be considered
from different perspectives, to make them solvable by known methods.
or each day of the year, the number of people with that birthday will follow a
100, distribution, assuming independence between the people.

The probability for each day that no person has a birthday that day is P 0 0.760
Although in this scenario, days are not truly independent (in that, each time you find a
day with no birthdays, the probability of birthdays on subsequent assessed days changes
slightly) the number of possible days is large enough to disregard this issue.
The total number of days expected to have no birthdays is therefore 365 0.760 277

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 18

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
29 a Assuming the responses from invited guests to be independent:

Worked solutions
et be the number of invited guests who attend when he invites 5: 5, 0.5
0 1 2 3 4 5
1 5 10 10 5 1
32 32 32 32 32 32
et be the profit made, in pounds:
0 1 2 3 4 5
0 50 100 150 200 100
1 5 10 10 5 1
32 32 32 32 32 32

𝑦P 𝑦
1 5 10 10 5
0 50 100 150 200
32 32 32 32 32
1
100
32
120.3
Expected profit from 5 invitations is 120

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 19

Worked solutions
0 1 2 3 4 5
0 50 100 150 200 100
1 4 6 4 1
0
16 16 16 16 16
100
or six invitations sent out:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
0 50 100 150 200 100 0
1 6 15 20 15 6 1
64 64 64 64 64 64 64
131.25
or seven invitations sent out:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0 50 100 150 200 100 0 100
1 7 21 35 35 21 7 1
128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128
130.5
On the basis solely of maximum profit for a single evening, the best number of
invitations to send is 6. Inviting or more people leads to an expected number of guests
of 4 or more, so expected profit will decrease, since each additional attendee has a
negative profit effect.
In context, getting a reputation for turning invited guests away may not in the long
term be good for business, and might start to reduce the proportion of people who
attend.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 20

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 9A
27 a 𝑉 1

b When 𝑉 4, the equation in part a gives 5.

10 32.33
5 55.49
1 57.29
0.1 57.30

The limit appears to be 57.3.

29
ln 𝑥
𝑥
𝑥 1
0.5 1.38629
0.9 1.05361
0.99 1.00503
0.999 1.00050

The limit appears to equal 1

30 a radient 𝑥 1 for 𝑥 1

b As the value of x tends towards 1, the gradient of the chord tends towards . The
significance of this is that the gradient of the tangent at x 1 must be .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 1

Worked solutions
10 2.6491
100 2.9563
1000 2.9955
10000 2.9996

The limit appears to be 3 as 𝑥 tends to .

32 3𝑥 so

When 𝑥 2, the gradient is .

Exercise 9B
19 or example, 𝑦 e , which has derivative e

20 or example, 𝑦 4 e , which increases towards 𝑦 4 as 𝑥 tends to , and has

derivative e , which decreases towards 0 as 𝑥 tends to .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
21 a The curve decreases (negative gradient) to a minimum at 𝑥 0 and then rises (positive

Worked solutions
gradient) so the derivative graph should pass through the origin, from negative to
positive.

b The gradient curve is non-negative throughout: it decreases to ero at 𝑥 0 and then

rises again, so there is a stationary point of inflexion at 𝑥 0 in the graph of 𝑥 , with
the rest of the graph increasing the gradient is steeper further from 𝑥 0.

22 a The curve decreases (negative gradient) to a minimum ( ero gradient), rises (positive
gradient) to a maximum ( ero gradient) and decreases again (negative gradient).

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
b The gradient curve begins at ero, is increasingly negative then returns to ero at the

Worked solutions
origin, continues to increase and then falls back to ero, so there is a stationary point at
𝑥 0 on the graph of 𝑥 and also at the two ends of the curve:

c The gradient describes the shape of a curve but not its position vertically any vertical
translation of the graph in part b would have the same gradient curve.
23 a 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥

b 𝑥 0 for 𝑥 1 and for 𝑥 1

√ √
c The graph is decreasing for 𝑥 0.707 and for 0 𝑥 0.707

This can either be found using technology or by differentiating the curve and finding
stationary points, using the methods from Section .
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 so 𝑥 4𝑥 2𝑥
√
When 𝑥 0, 2𝑥 2𝑥 1 0 so turning points are at 𝑥 0, .

Inspecting the curve in part a shows clearly which regions are decreasing.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
24 A increases to a stationary point at positive 𝑥 then has a shallow negative gradient its

Worked solutions
derivative graph is shown in E.
A E

B oscillates regularly with a positive gradient at 𝑥 0 its gradient is shown in .

increases to a stationary point at 𝑥 0 and then decreases its gradient is shown in

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
25 A increases through the origin to a maximum point for some 𝑥 0, falls to a minimum and

Worked solutions
then increases with increasing gradient. Its derivative graph is given in .
A

has a minimum for some 𝑥 0, then rises to a maximum at some 𝑥 0 and falls to a
further minimum value before rising steeply. Its derivative graph is given in E.
E

increases to a maximum for some 𝑥 0, falls to a minimum at 𝑥 0 and rises to a

further maximum for some 𝑥 0 before falling increasingly steeply. Its derivative graph is
given in B.
B

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

Worked solutions
31 𝑑 6𝑡 4𝑡
d𝑑 4
6 4𝑡 6
d𝑡 𝑡
32 𝑞 𝑚 2𝑚
d𝑞 2
1 2𝑚 1
d𝑚 𝑚
33 𝑘𝑇

d 3
𝑘
d𝑇 2
34 et 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
Then 𝑥 2𝑥 1
𝑥 is increasing when 𝑥 0

2𝑥 1 0 so 𝑥

35 et 𝑥 𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
Then 𝑥 2𝑥 𝑏
𝑥 is increasing when 𝑥 0

2𝑥 𝑏 0 so 𝑥

36 𝑥 𝑦 8 so 𝑦 8 𝑥

Then 1

37 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 so 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥

Then 1 3𝑥

38 𝑉 𝑘𝑟

a Force 𝑘𝑟

b Rearranging the original formula, 𝑟 . Substituting into the answer from part a

Force 𝑘

c et the distance to Alpha be 𝑑 then the distance to Omega is 2𝑑.

sing the formula from part a,

39 a 𝐴 2 𝑞𝐿 𝑞𝐿 so 𝑞 2𝑞𝐿

b In the context, one would expect that the reading age rating of a book would increase
with longer sentences. Since the function is only defined for positive values of 𝐿, the
function is increasing as long as 𝑞 0.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

Worked solutions
So 𝑥 12𝑥 7 0 for all 𝑥, since square numbers can never be negative.
Since 𝑥 0 for all 𝑥, the function 𝑥 is increasing for all 𝑥.

Exercise 9
28 a 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥 so 4𝑥 1

b When 𝑥 0, 4 0 1 1

c Then the gradient of the normal at 𝑥 0 is 1.

𝑦 0 0 so the normal passes through the origin and has gradient 1 so has equation 𝑦
𝑥.
29 a 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 so 𝑥 3𝑥 𝑥
b 1 3 1 2 so the gradient of the tangent at 𝑥 1 is 2.
c 1 1 1 2
The tangent passes through 1,2 and has gradient 2 so has equation 𝑦 2 2 𝑥 1
which rearranges to 𝑦 2𝑥, and so the tangent passes through the origin.
30 et 𝑥 𝑥 √𝑥 1.

rom the : 3 𝑥 √𝑥 1

3 6 so the tangent line passes through 3,6 with gradient .

The tangent equation is 𝑦 6 𝑥 3 which rearranges to 𝑦 𝑥 .

31 et 𝑥 .

rom the : 2

2 so the tangent line passes through 2, with gradient .

Then the normal line passes through 2, with gradient 4.

The normal equation is 𝑦 4 𝑥 2 which rearranges to 𝑦 4𝑥 .

32 et 𝑥 𝑥 e .

rom the : 0 𝑥 e 0

0 0 so the tangent line passes through the origin with gradient 0.

The normal is therefore the 𝑦-axis, with equation 𝑥 0.

33 𝑦 𝑥 so 2𝑥.

The gradient at 𝑥 1 is 2, and the curve passes through 1,1 .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

Worked solutions
The normal has gradient
which rearranges to 𝑦 𝑥.

Substituting back into the original curve equation:

3 1
𝑥 𝑥
2 2
2𝑥 𝑥 3 0
One intersection is already known: 1,1 , so 𝑥 1 is a factor of the quadratic.
𝑥 1 2𝑥 3 0

The other intersection is at , .

34 𝑦 𝑥 so 𝑥 .

The gradient at 𝑥 2 is , and the curve passes through 2, .

The normal has gradient 4 and passes through 2, so has equation 𝑦 4 𝑥 2

which rearranges to 𝑦 4𝑥 .

Substituting back into the original curve equation:

1 15
4𝑥
𝑥 2
8𝑥 15 2 0

One intersection is already known: 2, , so 𝑥 2 is a factor of the quadratic.

𝑥 2 8𝑥 1 0

The other intersection is at , 8 .

35 𝑦 𝑥 so 2𝑥.

Require the tangent to have gradient 2 so 2𝑥 2 from which 𝑥 1.

At 𝑥 1, 𝑦 1 so the tangent passes through 1, 1 and has gradient 2.
The equation is 𝑦 1 2 𝑥 1 which rearranges to 𝑦 2𝑥 1 or 𝑦 2𝑥 1.

36 𝑦 𝑥 2𝑥 so 2𝑥 2.

Require the normal to have gradient so the tangent has gradient 4 so 2𝑥 2 4 from
which 𝑥 3.

At 𝑥 3, 𝑦 3 so the normal passes through 3, 3 and has gradient .

The equation is 𝑦 3 𝑥 3 which rearranges to 𝑦 𝑥 .

37 𝑦 𝑥 so 3𝑥 .

Require the tangent to have gradient 3 so 3𝑥 3 from which 𝑥 1.

At 𝑥 1, 𝑦 1 so the normal passes through 1, 1 and has gradient .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

Worked solutions
.

At 𝑥 1, 𝑦 1 so the normal passes through 1, 1 and has gradient .

The equation is 𝑦 1 𝑥 1 which rearranges to 𝑦 𝑥 .

The two normals have equations 𝑦 𝑥 .

38 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥 so 3𝑥 1.

Require the tangent to have gradient 11 so 3𝑥 1 11 from which 𝑥 2.

At 𝑥 2, 𝑦 6 so one such tangent passes through 2, 6 .
At 𝑥 2, 𝑦 6 so the other such tangent passes through 2, 6 .

39 𝑦 𝑥 4𝑥 1 so 2𝑥 4.

Require the tangent to have gradient equal to the 𝑦-coordinate.

Substituting: 2𝑥 4 𝑥 4𝑥 1
𝑥 2𝑥 3 0
𝑥 3 𝑥 1 0
So 𝑥 3 or 1
When 𝑥 3, 𝑦 2 and when 𝑥 1, 𝑦 6 so the points are 3, 2 and 1,6 .

40 𝑦 𝑥 so 𝑥 .

et point 𝑃 on the curve have 𝑥-coordinate 𝑝 so 𝑃 is 𝑝, .

Then the tangent at 𝑃 has gradient , so the tangent equation is 𝑦 𝑥 𝑝 .

iven this passes through 4,0 , substitute 𝑥 4, 𝑦 0 into the tangent equation to find 𝑝:
1 1
4 𝑝
𝑝 𝑝
4 2
𝑝 𝑝
𝑝 2

So point 𝑃 has coordinates 2, .

Tip: When faced with a question of this sort, where you have a condition you cannot
immediately apply (in this case that the tangent line passes through 4,0 ), it is almost always
best to assign an unknown value to the independent variable and calculate everything in terms
of that unknown. You will end with an equation into which you can substitute your condition
and then solve for the unknown.
41 𝑦 4𝑥 so 4𝑥 .

et point 𝑃 on the curve have 𝑥-coordinate 𝑝 so 𝑃 is 𝑝, .

Then the tangent at 𝑃 has gradient , so the tangent equation is 𝑦 𝑥 𝑝 .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 10

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
iven this passes through 1,3 , substitute 𝑥 1, 𝑦 3 into the tangent equation to find 𝑝:

Worked solutions
4 4
3 1 𝑝
𝑝 𝑝
4 8
3 0
𝑝 𝑝
3𝑝 8𝑝 4 0
3𝑝 2 𝑝 2 0

So 𝑝 or 2.

42 𝑦 𝑥 so 2𝑥.

et point 𝑃 on the curve have 𝑥-coordinate 𝑝 so 𝑃 is 𝑝, 𝑝 .

Then the tangent at 𝑃 has gradient 2𝑝, so the tangent equation is 𝑦 𝑝 2𝑝 𝑥 𝑝 .
iven this passes through 2,3 , substitute 𝑥 2, 𝑦 3 into the tangent equation to find 𝑝:
3 𝑝 2𝑝 2 𝑝
𝑝 4𝑝 3 0
𝑝 1 𝑝 3 0
𝑝 1 or 3 so the coordinates of 𝑃 are 1,1 or 3,9 .

43 𝑦 𝑥 so 𝑥 .

et 𝐴 be the point with coordinates 𝑎, .

Then the tangent at 𝐴 has gradient , so the tangent equation is 𝑦 𝑥 𝑎 .

This tangent intersects the 𝑥-axis when 𝑦 0: 𝑥 so 𝑥 2𝑎.

Then has coordinates 2𝑎, 0 .

The tangent intersects the 𝑦-axis when 𝑥 0: 𝑦 so 𝑦 .

Then 𝑃 has coordinates 0, .

The area of right-angled triangle 𝑃 is 𝑃 2𝑎 2, which is

independent of 𝑎 as required.

44 𝑦 𝑎𝑥 so 𝑎𝑥 .

oint 𝑃 has coordinates 2, , so the gradient at 𝑃 is .

The normal at 𝑃 therefore has gradient which must equal .

The gradient of line 𝑦 𝑥 2.

so 𝑎 20.

45 𝑦 𝑥 𝑥 1 so 3𝑥 1.

et point 𝑃 have 𝑥-coordinate 𝑘 so 𝑃 is given by 𝑘, 𝑘 𝑘 1 .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 11

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
Then the tangent at 𝑃 has gradient 3𝑘 1 so the equation of the tangent is

Worked solutions
𝑦 𝑘 𝑘 1 3𝑘 1 𝑥 𝑘
To find where this tangent intersects the curve, substitute back into the original equation:
3𝑘 1 𝑥 𝑘 𝑘 𝑘 1 𝑥 𝑥 1
By construction, this equation must have solution 𝑥 𝑘 as a repeated root (the tangent
touches the curve at 𝑥 𝑘), so 𝑥 𝑘 is a factor of the equation.
2𝑘 3𝑘 𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 1
𝑥 3𝑘 𝑥 2𝑘 0
By construction, this equation must have solution 𝑥 𝑘 as a repeated root (the tangent
touches the curve at 𝑥 𝑘), so 𝑥 𝑘 is a factor of the equation.
𝑥 𝑘 𝑥 𝑘𝑥 2𝑘 0
𝑥 𝑘 𝑥 𝑘 𝑥 2𝑘 0
So the tangent touches the curve at 𝑥 𝑘 and intersects it at 𝑥 2𝑘.

Mixed Practice
1 a 𝑦 4𝑥 𝑥

8𝑥 1

b Require 8𝑥 1 15 so 𝑥 2.
When 𝑥 2, 𝑦 14 so the point is 2, 14 .
2 a 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥

b 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 so 𝑥 2𝑥 1
The curve is increasing when 𝑥 0 so 2𝑥 1 0

The curve is increasing for 𝑥 .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 12

Worked solutions
3 a 𝑥 2𝑥 5𝑥 4𝑥 3
So 𝑥 6𝑥 10𝑥 4
b Then 1 6 10 4 0
c The tangent is hori ontal at 1,2 so has equation 𝑦 2.
4

1 0.38605
0.5 0.37814
0.1 0.46898
0.01 0.49669
0.0001 0.49997

The limit appears to equal 0.5.

5 𝑦 𝑥 4 so 3𝑥 .

When 𝑦 23, 𝑥 27 so 𝑥 3.
At 3, 23 , the gradient is 3 3 27 so the tangent has equation 𝑦 23 27 𝑥 3 .
This rearranges to 𝑦 27𝑥 58.

6 a 𝑉 50 12𝑡 5𝑡 so 12 10𝑡.

b 𝑉 6 302, 6 72

After minutes, there is 302 m of water in the tank, and the volume of water in the
tank is increasing at a rate of 72 m per minute.

c 10 112, so the volume is increasing faster after 10 minutes than after minutes.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 13

b i 𝐴 5 0.75

ii 0.5 1

c 𝐴 is increasing when 0

2 2𝑡 0 for 𝑡 1 so the accuracy is increasing for 0 𝑡 1.

Tip: Be careful to check the context and question wording for the domain of the function here
𝐴 is only defined for 0 𝑡 2 so it would be incorrect to say that accuracy is increasing for
𝑡 1.

8 𝑥 𝑥 8𝑥 ,𝑥 0

a 2 6
b 𝑥 𝑥 8𝑥
c 2 2 2 0
d 𝑇 is a line passing through 2,6 with gradient 0 so has equation 𝑦 6.

rom : the tangent intersects the graph again at 𝑃 4, 6 .

9 𝑦 2𝑥 8𝑥 3 so 6𝑥 8.

Require that the gradient is 2 so 6𝑥 8 2.

6𝑥 6 so 𝑥 1.
When 𝑥 1, 𝑦 9 and when 𝑥 1, 𝑦 3 so the two points are 1,9 and 1, 3 .

10 a 𝑦 𝑥 6𝑥 so 3𝑥 12𝑥.

radient is ero where 3𝑥 12𝑥 0.

3𝑥 𝑥 4 0 so 𝑥 0 or 𝑥 4.
When 𝑥 0, 𝑦 0 and when 𝑥 4, 𝑦 32 so the points are 0,0 and 4, 32 .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 14

Worked solutions
11 a 𝑦 3𝑥 6𝑥 so 6𝑥 6.

𝑦 3𝑥 𝑥 2 has roots 𝑥 0 and 𝑥 2.

When 𝑥 0, 𝑦 0 and 6 so the tangent has equation 𝑦 6𝑥.

When 𝑥 2, 𝑦 0 and 6 so the tangent has the equation:

𝑦 6 𝑥 2 6𝑥 12
b Substituting to find the intersection:
6𝑥 6𝑥 12 so 12𝑥 12, and then 𝑥 1. The two lines intersect at 1, 6 .

12 𝑦 2𝑥 𝑐 so 4𝑥.

If the gradient at 𝑝, 5 is 8 then 4𝑝 8 so 𝑝 2.

Substituting 2,5 into the curve equation: 5 8 𝑐 so 𝑐 3.

13 a 𝑃 𝑡 15𝑡 𝑡 so 30𝑡 3𝑡 .

b 6 72 and 12 72

c The profit is increasing by $72 per month after 6 months, but is falling at a rate of $72
per month after 12 months.
14 a i 𝑥 2𝑥 1 so 𝑥 2.
ii 𝑔 𝑥 𝑥 3𝑥 4 so 𝑔 𝑥 2𝑥 3.

b If the two graphs have the same gradient for a value of 𝑥 then 2𝑥 3 2 so 𝑥 .

c The tangent line is parallel to the line 𝑦 𝑥 .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 15

Worked solutions
15 a i

ii 𝑥 has stationary points at 𝑥 0 and 𝑥 , so these are the roots fo 𝑥 . The

graph is increasing for 𝑥 0 and 𝑥 , so 𝑥 is positive in these regions, and
negative in 0 𝑥 .

b i 𝑥 is decreasing when 𝑥 0 which is for 𝑥 0 and 0 𝑥 2.

ii Stationary points occur when 𝑥 0: at 𝑥 0 and 𝑥 2.
𝑥 0 will be a hori ontal inflexion point, with negative gradient either side.
𝑥 2 will be a minimum point, with the gradient changing from negative to positive.

16 a ine connecting 1, 2 and 1, 4 : radient 3.

b 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 2 so 𝑥 2𝑥 1.
c Require that 2𝑥 1 3 so 𝑥 2.
2 4 so at point 2,4 , the curve 𝑦 𝑥 is parallel to line 𝑙.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 16

Worked solutions
.

so at point . , the curve 𝑦 𝑥 is perpendicular to line 𝑙.

3 5 so the gradient at 3,8 is .

The tangent has equation 𝑦 8 5 𝑥 3 which rearranges to 𝑦 5𝑥 7.
The vertex occurs when 𝑥 0.

2𝑥 1 0 so 𝑥 .

so the vertex is at , , and the gradient is ero at this point.

17 a 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 5 so 𝑥 2𝑥 1.
b Substituting: 2𝑥 1 𝑥 𝑥 5
𝑥 𝑥 6 0
𝑥 3 𝑥 2 0
𝑥 3 or 𝑥 2

18 𝑦 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 so 2𝑎𝑥 𝑏.

Substituting 𝑥 2, 𝑦 2 into the curve equation:

2 4𝑎 2𝑏 1

Substituting 𝑥 2, 3 into the gradient equation:

3 4𝑎 𝑏 2
1 2 : 5 𝑏
So 𝑏 5, 𝑎 2

19 𝑦 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 so 2𝑎𝑥 𝑏.

Substituting 𝑥 1, 𝑦 5 into the curve equation:

5 𝑎 𝑏 1

If the normal gradient is then the curve gradient is 3.

Substituting 𝑥 1, 3 into the gradient equation:

3 2𝑎 𝑏 2
2 1 : 8 𝑎
So 𝑎 8, 𝑏 13

20 𝑦 5𝑥 4 so 10𝑥.

When 𝑥 1, 𝑦 1 and the gradient is 10.

The equation of the tangent at 1, 1 is 𝑦 1 10 𝑥 1 which rearranges to
𝑦 10𝑥 9
When 𝑥 2, 𝑦 16 and the gradient is 20.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 17

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
The equation of the tangent at 2,16 is 𝑦 16 20 𝑥 2 which rearranges to

Worked solutions
𝑦 20𝑥 24
At the intersection of these lines, 10𝑥 9 20𝑥 24

10𝑥 15 so 𝑥 ,𝑦 6. The two tangents intersect at ,6

21 𝑥

rom the : 0.25 16 so the tangent at 𝑃 0.25,0 is 𝑦 16 𝑥 16𝑥 4

This is perpendicular to the tangent at so the tangent at has gradient .

The graph of 𝑥 increases to a maximum at 𝑥 0.68 and then decreases, with gradient
decreasing towards ero.

rom the : 5 so the only point within the domain where the tangent is
perpendicular to the tangent at 𝑥 must be close to the stationary point.

0.8 3.92
0.75 5.70
0.7 16.54
0.71 11.50
0.705 13.53
0.703 14.58
0.702 15.17
0.701 15.83
0.7005 16.17

The 𝑥-coordinate of must lie between 0.7 and 0.7005, so to 3 , the 𝑥-coordinate is 0.7.
has coordinates 0.7,1.47 .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 18

Worked solutions
These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 10A
23
4 2 4
d𝑡 𝑡 2𝑡 d𝑡
3𝑡 𝑡 3
4 2
𝑡 𝑡 𝑐
3 4
4 1
𝑡 𝑡 𝑐
3 2
24

𝑦 3𝑥 4 d𝑥
3𝑥 4𝑥
𝑐
3 1
𝑥 4𝑥 𝑐
When 𝑥 1, 𝑦 4 so,
4 1 4 𝑐
So, 𝑐 7 and then 𝑦 𝑥 4𝑥 7
25

𝑦 4𝑥 3𝑥 d𝑥
4𝑥 3𝑥
𝑐
1 3
4
𝑥 𝑐
𝑥
When 𝑥 2, 𝑦 0 so,
4
0 2 𝑐
2
So, 𝑐 10 and then 𝑦 𝑥 10

3𝑥 2 𝑥 1 d𝑥 3𝑥 2𝑥 3𝑥 2 d𝑥
3𝑥 2𝑥 3𝑥
2𝑥 𝑐
4 3 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 1

𝑐
4 2
28
𝑥 2𝑥 𝑥 2𝑥
d𝑥 d𝑥
3𝑥 3 3
𝑥 2𝑥
𝑐
9 3
𝑥 2
𝑐
9 3𝑥
29 a When 𝑡 2, 0.5 so 0.5 2𝑘 0.1

𝑘 0.2
b Take 𝑚 0 0 since initially the mass is negligible.

𝑚 𝑘𝑡 0.1 d𝑡
1
𝑘𝑡 0.1𝑡 𝑐
2
Substituting 𝑘 0.2 and 𝑚 0 0 so 𝑐 0:
𝑚 𝑡 0.1𝑡 0.1𝑡
Then 𝑚 5 0.1 25 0.1 5 3 kg
30 a et the volume of water in the bath be given by 𝑉.
d𝑉 80
d𝑡 𝑡
𝑉 1 0:

𝑉 80𝑡 d𝑡
80𝑡 𝑐
𝑉 1 0:
0 80 𝑐 𝑐 80
1
𝑉 80 1
𝑡
When 𝑡 2, 𝑉 40 l

b When 𝑉 60, 60 80 1

1 1
𝑡 4
𝑡 4 after 4 minutes, the bath holds 60 l.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
c A graph of the curve shows that it has an asymptote at 𝑉 80 and it will never exceed

Worked solutions
this value, so the bath will never overflow.

Exercise 10B
5 rom :
1
2𝑥 d𝑥 21.3 to 3 s. .
𝑥
6 rom :

𝑥 1 d𝑥 0.25

7 rom :

𝑥 3 d𝑥 30

8 rom :

4 𝑥 d𝑥 4.5
.

9 rom plot, intercepts between 𝑥-axis and the graph are at 2,0 and 6,0
Then from , the area is
32
𝑥 8𝑥 12 d𝑥
3
10 rom :

9 𝑥 d𝑥 18

11 a rom , the two graphs intersect at the origin and at 2.5, 6.25
.
b haded area 5𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥 2.60

12 When 𝑡 2, 5 𝑘𝑡 9
5 4𝑘 9 so 𝑘 1
Total filtered in the first two minutes is
38
5 𝑡 d𝑡 l
3
13 et 𝑝 𝑡 be the amount of paint sprayed in grams per second at time 𝑡 seconds.
𝑝 𝑘𝑡 where 𝑘 is the constant of proportionality in the system.
𝑝 10 20 so 𝑘 2

𝑝 d𝑡 2𝑡 d𝑡

3600 g

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

Worked solutions
𝑣 100𝑡
Amount of sand after 5 seconds is given by

𝑣 d𝑡 10 100𝑡 d𝑡

58 g
b rom the calculator, the amount which will eventually fall is

10 100𝑡 d𝑡 60 g

c The model suggests that it takes infinitely long for all 60 g to fall through the timer, and
yet is always falling this in turn suggests that sand is infinitely divisible.
The model also suggests that at the start, the rate at which the sand falls is infinite.
15 𝑥 𝑥 so

𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥
1
𝑥 𝑐
3
iven 0 4, 𝑐 4.
1
𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 4 d𝑥
3
18.75
16 𝑥 d𝑥 4 𝑥 𝑥 𝑐
Then
d
𝑥 4 𝑥 𝑥 𝑐
d𝑥
12𝑥 8𝑥
17 This is the same as the area enclosed by the curve 𝑦 √𝑥, the 𝑥-axis and the line 𝑥 4, by
symmetry.

√𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥
16
3
18 Since the graph of 𝑥 is the reflection of 𝑥 in the line 𝑦 𝑥,

𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑎 𝑎

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
Worked solutions
where 𝑎 𝑎 is the area of the rectangle bordering the limits of the integral area, which
would have vertices at the origin, 0, 𝑎 , 𝑎, 0 and 𝑎, 𝑎 .
Then

𝑥 d𝑥 𝑎 𝑎 𝐴

Mixed Practice 10
1 𝑥 3𝑥 d𝑥 3𝑥 𝑐

2 4𝑥 3𝑥 5 d𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 5𝑥 𝑐

3 2𝑥 d𝑥 0.661

4 𝑦 3𝑥 8𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 4𝑥 𝑐
𝑦 1 3 1 4 1 𝑐
𝑐 6
𝑦 𝑥 4𝑥 6

5 𝐼 2 d𝑥 9

rom :
When 𝑎 5, 𝐼 3.6
When 𝑎 7, 𝐼 7.14
When 𝑎 8, 𝐼 9
𝑎 8
Tip: If you learn further integration methods, you will find how to calculate this algebraically.

6 𝐼 9𝑥 𝑥 8 d𝑥 42.7

rom :
When 𝑏 5, 𝐼 34.7
When 𝑏 6, 𝐼 45.8
When 𝑏 5.5, 𝐼 40.5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Worked solutions
When 𝑏 5.65, 𝐼 42.2
So the value of 𝑏 for which 𝐼 42.7 is between 5.65 and 5.7, so to 1 decimal place, 𝑏
5.7
7 a rom calculator, solutions to 𝑥 9𝑥 24𝑥 20 0 are 𝑥 2, 5
So 𝑃 has coordinates 2, 0 and has coordinates 5, 0
b rom calculator,

𝑥 9𝑥 24𝑥 20 d𝑥 6.75

8 a 𝑦 0.2𝑥 so 0.4𝑥

On the curve, at 𝑥 4, 𝑦 0.2 4 3.2 and 1.6

So the tangent has gradient 1.6 and passes through 4, 3.2

Tangent equation is 𝑦 3.2 1.6 𝑥 4
𝑦 1.6𝑥 3.2
b Substituting 𝑥 2 into the tangent equation gives 𝑦 3.2 3.2 0 so the 𝑥-intercept
is at 2, 0 .
c

haded area 0.2𝑥 d𝑥 1.6𝑥 3.2 d𝑥

1.07

9 a 𝑦 𝑥 so 2𝑥

When 𝑥 1, 𝑦 1 and 2

Then the normal at 1, 1 has gradient .

ormal has equation 𝑦 1 𝑥 1

1 1
𝑦 𝑥
2 2
When 𝑥 1, 𝑦 0 so the 𝑥-axis intercept of the normal is at 1, 0 .

b
1 1
haded area 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥
2 2
1.5

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

Worked solutions
𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥
𝑥 𝑐
1 2 1 𝑐 so 𝑐 1
1
𝑦 1
𝑥
Then 2 1 1.5

11 et 𝑉 𝑡 be the volume of water in the container at time 𝑡, measured in cm .

d𝑉
20𝑡
d𝑡

𝑉 20𝑡 d𝑡
10𝑡 𝑐
If 𝑉 0 0 then 0 0 𝑐 so 𝑐 0
𝑉 𝑡 10𝑡
Then 𝑉 10 1000 cm
12 et 𝑡 be the mass of the puppy at 𝐴 months, measured in kg.
6 2.3

Then 𝑐

When 𝐴 10, 1.5 𝑐 so 𝑐 1

𝑑 𝐴
1
𝑑𝐴 20
Then for 𝐴 6,
𝐴
𝐴 6 1 d𝐴
20
21.5 kg
13 𝑥 3𝑥 𝑘

𝑥 3𝑥 𝑘 d𝑥
𝑥 𝑘𝑥 𝑐
Substituting:
1 13 1 𝑘 𝑐 1
2 24 8 2𝑘 𝑐 2
2 1 :𝑘 7 11
So 𝑘 4 and therefore 𝑐 8
Then 3 3 4 3 8 47

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
14 a The measurement is of temperature increase in the water, but this is assumed equal to the

Worked solutions
energy output of the nut that is, there is an assumption that no energy is lost from the
system into the surroundings.
b et 𝑡 be the amount of energy (in calories) absorbed by the water by time 𝑡 seconds.
d 𝑘
or 𝑡 1
d𝑡 𝑡
1 10 and 2 85

2 1 𝑘𝑡 d𝑡

10 0.5𝑘
85
Then 0.5𝑘 75 so 𝑘 150
Total energy after an indefinite burn is

1 𝑘𝑡 d𝑡 10 𝑘

160 calories

15 𝑘𝑥

𝑦 𝑘𝑥 d𝑥
𝑘
𝑥 𝑐
3
Substituting 𝑥 0, 𝑦 3 and 𝑥 1, 𝑦 :

3 0𝑘 𝑐 so 𝑐 3

𝑘 3 so 𝑘 5

Then 𝑦 𝑥 3

16 𝑥 3𝑥 𝑥

𝑥 3𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥
3 1
𝑥 𝑥 𝑐
2 3
Substituting 𝑥 4, 𝑦 0:

0 16 64 𝑐 so 𝑐 24

3 1 8
𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥
2 3 3
0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

Worked solutions
d
𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥
d𝑥
d
3𝑥 2𝑥 𝑐
d𝑥
6𝑥 2𝑥
18 a 𝑦 𝑥 so when 𝑦 9 for 𝑥 0, 𝑥 3.
𝐵 has coordinates 3, 0 .
b Shaded area is the rectangle area less the area under the curve.

haded area 27 𝑥 d𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

Worked solutions
um er and inance

These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 11A
27 a 𝑉 2.4 5.1 3.8 46.512 cm
b i 46.51 cm
ii 47 cm
.
28 a 𝑟 ln √5.3 2.526978 2.5 to 2 s. .
.

b 𝑟 ln √5 2.746 3 to 1 s. .

29 a i 128.4
ii 130
b
approximate value true value
ercentage error 100
true value
130 128.37
100
128.37
1.27
30 a 𝑥 329.54 ml
b
approximate value true value
ercentage error 100
true value
330 329.54
100
329.54
0.140
31 84.5 cm 𝑙 85.5 cm
32 ower bound for actual mass is 129.5 g
Minimum mass for six cans is 129.5 6 777 g

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications and interpretation 1

Worked solutions
4.65 𝐴𝐵 4.75 and 12.25 𝐵 12.35
Maximum length of 𝐴 occurs when 𝐵 is at maximum length and 𝐴𝐵 is minimum
ma 𝐴 12.35 4.65 11.441 cm
Minimum length of 𝐴 occurs when 𝐵 is at minimum length and 𝐴𝐵 is maximum
min 𝐴 12.25 4.75 11.292 cm
either of these bounds is achievable, since each is calculated using an unachievable
bound of one of the other lengths.
11.292 cm 𝐴 11.441 cm
b Assume one bound is accurate’ and the other an approximation.
approximate value true value
ercentage error 100
true value
The percentage error will be the same at numerator no matter which way around the
values are given, but will be greater overall with the lesser value as denominator.
11.441 11.292
Maximum percentage error 100
11.292
1.325

34 𝐼

235 𝑉 245, 17.5 𝑅 18.5

235 245
𝐼
18.5 17.5
12.7027 𝐼 14
35 7.5 𝑏 8.5, 4.5 𝑐 5.5, 1.5 𝑑 2.5
7.5 8.5
𝑎
5.5 1.5 4.5 2.5
1.875 𝑎 4.25
36 a 7 1 𝑝 𝑞 9 5 central value is 8 3 11
appro imate alue true alue
Percentage error 100
true alue
The percentage error will be the same at numerator no matter whether max or min value
is used, but will be greater overall with the min value as denominator.
11 8
a imum percentage error 100
8
37.5
b 7 5 𝑝 𝑞 9 1 central value is 8 3 5
appro imate alue true alue
Percentage error 100
true alue
The percentage error will be the same at numerator no matter whether max or min value
is used, but will be greater overall with the min value as denominator.
5 2
a imum percentage error 100
2
150

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

Worked solutions
ii 𝑃 2 1.2
iii 𝑃 4.5 0.675
b Any value outside the interval 0 𝑃 1 must be incorrect, given the context, so (ii)
and (iii) are clearly wrong.
38 a 1.445 𝑎 1.455
b 27.86 10 28.51
c 10 30 to 1 s.f. (or to the nearest ten)
It cannot accurately be stated as 28 to 2 s. ., since it is possible to take a value greater
than 28.5.
39 Maximum mass of a pallet is 1.8 tonnes
If all pallets are maximal, a truck can carry 6 pallets
.
Therefore it is possible that 9 trucks would be needed.
Tip The rounding brackets (floor) and (ceiling) which refer to the nearest integer
when rounding down up respectively can be very useful for expressing working like this
concisely.
40 9.5 15, 25 𝑙 35
9.5 25 area 15 35
237.5 cm area 525 cm

Exercise 11B
7 sing :
𝑛 20
𝐼 4
𝑃𝑉 60 000
𝑃 𝑇
𝑉 0
𝑃 1
1
Solving for 𝑃 𝑇: 𝑃 𝑇 4414.91
She can withdraw $4414.91 each year.
8 a sing :
𝑛
𝐼 3
𝑃𝑉 150 000
𝑃 𝑇 15 000
𝑉 0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
Worked solutions
𝑃 1
1
Solving for 𝑛: 𝑛 12.1
e can withdraw $15 000 at the end of each year for 1 years.
b sing :
𝑛 13
𝐼 3
𝑃𝑉 150 000
𝑃 𝑇 15 000
𝑉
𝑃 1
1
Solving for 𝑉: 𝑉 13 986.80
That is, in the thirteenth year, he would be 13 986.80 short of the 15 000 he would
want he could only draw out 1013. 20.
9 sing :
𝑛 10
𝐼 2.5
𝑃𝑉 0
𝑃 𝑇 1000
𝑉
𝑃 1
1
Solving for 𝑉: 𝑉 11 203.38
In total she would have deposited $10 000 so the total interest earned is $1203.38
10 a sing :

pi : After the first year, the loan amount is 1500 1 1657.07

𝑛 48
𝐼 10
𝑃𝑉 1650
𝑃 𝑇
𝑉 0
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑃 𝑇: 𝑃 𝑇 42.03

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

Worked solutions
𝑛 60
𝐼 10
𝑃𝑉 1500
𝑃 𝑇
𝑉 0
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑃 𝑇: 𝑃 𝑇 31.87
b The total amount paid under plan A is 48 42.03 $2017.44
The total amount paid under plan B is 60 31.87 $1912.20
The difference is 2017.44 1912.20 105.24
c Which plan is better would depend on Anwar’s circumstances and the consequent value
to him of the payment holiday.
We accept that by taking out a loan that is, paying interest for the use of a block of
capital can be justified. The payment holiday is simply a different form of loan, in
which he will eventually pay 105.24 additional interest for the use of the money for a
year without making payments.
11 a or the first two years:
𝑛 24
𝐼 5
𝑃𝑉 10000
𝑃 𝑇 400
𝑉
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑉: 𝑉 $975.05
At the end of the two years, the outstanding loan is $ .0
or the subsequent period:
𝑛
𝐼 8
𝑃𝑉 975.05
𝑃 𝑇 400
𝑉 0
𝑃 12
12

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Worked solutions
She will need an additional 3 months to pay of the remainder of the loan.
In total, it will take 27 months to pay the loan.
b
𝑛 3
𝐼 8
𝑃𝑉 975.05
𝑃 𝑇 400
𝑉
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑉: 𝑉 $213.35
So at the end of the third month, when she comes to pay off the balance, $400 would
overpay by $213.35. That is, the final payment will be $186.65
12 a a :
𝑛 12 25 300
𝐼 3
𝑃𝑉 125000
𝑃 𝑇
𝑉 0
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑃 𝑇: 𝑃 𝑇 592.76
a :
𝑛 12 30 360
𝐼 3.5
𝑃𝑉 125000
𝑃 𝑇
𝑉 0
𝑃 12
1
Solving for 𝑃 𝑇: 𝑃 𝑇 557.48
Monthly payments under plan A: 592.76
Monthly payments under plan B: 557.48
Monthly payment is less under plan B.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

Worked solutions
Total amount paid under plan B: 557.48 360 200 693
Total repaid is less under plan A.
13 or the first two years:
𝑛 24
𝐼 5
𝑃𝑉 15000
𝑃 𝑇 300
𝑉
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑉: 𝑉 9018.34
After two years, the outstanding balance will be $9018.34.
or the following three years:
𝑛 36
𝐼 6.5
𝑃𝑉 9018.34
𝑃 𝑇
𝑉 0
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑃 𝑇: 𝑃 𝑇 270.29
So, paying only $270.29 per month for the remaining 3 years, Brian would pay off the loan.
Brian can afford this loan.

Mixed Practice
1 a 𝑥 12.5 to 1 d. p.
b 𝑥 12 to 2 s. .
2 or side length 𝑥: 0.055 𝑥 0.065
Then 0.055 𝑥 𝑥 0.065
approximate value true value
ercentage error 100
true value
Maximum percentage error will occur when the true value is minimum

0.06 0.055
Maximum percentage error 100
0.055
19.0

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

Worked solutions
appro imate alue true alue
Percentage error 100
true alue
1.4 √2
100
√2
1.01
4
𝑛 25
𝐼 3
𝑃𝑉 60000
𝑃 𝑇
𝑉 10000
𝑃 1
1
Solving for 𝑃 𝑇: 𝑃 𝑇 3719.95
e can draw 3719.95 per year.
5 a 1380 m
b
1380 tan 28.3°
743 m
c
appro imate alue true alue
Percentage error 100
true alue
743 718
100
718
3.49
√ .
6 a 𝑝 1.775 1.75

b i To 1s.f., 𝑥 2, 𝑦 1, 50
√
ii 𝑝 2 1.98

c
appro imate alue true alue
Percentage error 100
true alue
1.98 1.75
100
1.75
13.1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

Worked solutions
tan 60° 1 2 cos 30° 1
𝑇
41 9
√3 1 √3 1
41 9 41 9
2
32 50
1
0.001 25
800
b i 𝑇 0.0013 to 2 s. .
ii 𝑇 0.001 to 3 d. p.
c
appro imate alue true alue
Percentage error 100
true alue
0.002 0.00125
100
0.00125
60
8 Age has been given as a birthday rather than an age.
eight is unreasonable (5.11 metres is not human) so likely represents a unit error, and
should indicate 5 foot 11 inches. owever, since it is possible that it is a different error (for
example a digit swap, and should read 1.51 m), the data cannot just be amended and should
be discarded.
9 a 15.05 15.15, 4.75 𝑑 4.85

𝜋
𝑑
15.05 15.15
𝜋
4.85 4.75
3.1031 𝜋 3.1895
b sing 15.1, 𝑑 4.8 she gets estimate 𝜋 3.14583
approximate value true value
ercentage error 100
true value
3.14583 𝜋
100
𝜋
0.135
c sing lower bound:
3.1031 𝜋
ercentage error 100
𝜋
1.23
sing upper bound:
3.1895 𝜋
ercentage error 100
𝜋
1.52
The largest possible percentage error is 1.52

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

Worked solutions
𝑣
𝑡
𝑎
15.5 2.15 16.5 2.05
𝑡
9.815 9.805
1.360 𝑡 1.474
11 Wall dimensions 𝑥 and 𝑦 have 3.35 𝑥 3.45, 5.15 𝑦 5.25
Wall area 𝐴 has 3.35 5.15 𝐴 3.45 5.25
17.2525 𝐴 18.1125
aint per square metre is 𝑞 where 2.35 𝑞 2.45
aint required is 𝑣 𝐴𝑞 so 17.2525 2.35 𝑣 18.1125 2.45
42.2686 𝑣 42.5644
aint can contains 𝑉where 4.95 𝑉 5.05
umber of cans required is

42.2686 42.5644
5.05 4.95
8.37 8.60
ake will need to by 9 cans.
12 a 8 3 𝑝 𝑞 10 7. alculation by central value is 𝑝 𝑞 9 5 14
appro imate alue true alue
Percentage error 100
true alue
The percentage error will be the same at numerator no matter whether max or min value
is used, but will be greater overall with the min value as denominator.

14 11
a imum percentage error 100
11
27.2
b 8 7 𝑝 𝑞 10 3 central value is 9 5 4
appro imate alue true alue
Percentage error 100
true alue
The percentage error will be the same at numerator no matter whether max or min value
is used, but will be greater overall with the min value as denominator.

4 1
a imum percentage error 100
1
300
13 a i 𝑝 0 0.5
ii 𝑝 50 0.149
iii 𝑝 100 1.22
b (i) and (iii) are not possible as probabilities, since a probability can only take values in
the interval 0 𝑝 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 10

Worked solutions
𝑛 10 12
𝐼 5
𝑃𝑉 1000
𝑃 𝑇 0
𝑉
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑉: 𝑉 1647.01
The true account balance at the end of 10 years is $1647.01 so total interest is $647.01
approximate value true value
ercentage error 100
true value
500 647.01
100
647.01
22.7
b
𝑛 10 12
𝐼 5
𝑃𝑉 1000
𝑃 𝑇
𝑉 500
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑃 𝑇: 𝑃 𝑇 7.39
She could withdraw $7.39 each month and still have $500 at the end.
15 a or the first two years:
𝑛 2 12
𝐼 2
𝑃𝑉 24000
𝑃 𝑇 300
𝑉
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑉: 𝑉 17638.93
A balance of 17 638.93 is carried over into the higher interest period.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 11

Worked solutions
𝑛
𝐼 8
𝑃𝑉 17638.93
𝑃 𝑇 300
𝑉 0
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑛: 𝑛 74.8
In total, anmin will need to pay for 24 75 99 months
b
𝑛 75
𝐼 8
𝑃𝑉 17638.93
𝑃 𝑇 300
𝑉
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑉: 𝑉 35.99
In the final month, 300 would overpay by 35.99 so the final payment is actually only
264.01
16 pi :
𝑛 4 25
𝐼 5
𝑃𝑉 200000
𝑃 𝑇
𝑉 0
𝑃 4
4
Solving for 𝑃 𝑇: 𝑃 𝑇 3514.86
Total amount paid: 3514.86 100 351 486
pi :
𝑛 12 30
𝐼 4
𝑃𝑉 200000

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 12

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
Worked solutions
𝑃 𝑇
𝑉 0
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑃 𝑇: 𝑃 𝑇 954.83
Total amount paid: 954.83 360 343 738.80
Option B Is preferred, if Orlaigh wishes to minimise the total amount repaid.
17 a
𝑛 12 20
𝐼 4.8
𝑃𝑉 100000
𝑃 𝑇
𝑉 0
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑃 𝑇: 𝑃 𝑇 648.96
Monthly payment is $648.96
b
𝑛
𝐼 4.8
𝑃𝑉 100000
𝑃 𝑇 748.96
𝑉 0
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑛: 𝑛 191.3
had would need to pay for 192 months
𝑛 192
𝐼 4.8
𝑃𝑉 100000
𝑃 𝑇 748.96
𝑉
𝑃 12
12

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 13

Worked solutions
So in the final month, he would only pay 748.96 513.71 235.25
In total, he would pay 192 748.96 513.71 $143 286.61
If he only paid the minimum each month he would pay 240 648.96 $155 750.40
The difference is $12 463.79 $12 500
18 a
𝑛 12 10
𝐼 6
𝑃𝑉 6000
𝑃 𝑇
𝑉 0
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑃 𝑇: 𝑃 𝑇 66.61
Monthly payment is 66.61
b Total paid 120 66.61 7993.20
ercentage of the total repayment that is interest:
1993.20
100 33.2
6000
c
𝑛 12 5
𝐼 6
𝑃𝑉 6000
𝑃 𝑇 66.61
𝑉
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑉: 𝑉 3445.56
So after 5 years, a total of 60 66.61 3996.60 has been paid, and the loan
outstanding is 3445.56
Of the payments, 6000 3445.56 2554.44 has been paying capital, and the
remaining 3996.60 2554.44 1442.16 has been paying interest.
The percentage of total interest paid this represents is:
1442.16
100 72.4
1993.20

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 14

Worked solutions
Then the maximum bound for 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 is 25 4.52 604.75
Tip: There is a temptation to work out the maximum for 𝑥 𝑦 and a maximum for 𝑥 𝑦 and
take their product, but since they are not independent, those maximum values cannot be
achieved simultaneously, so this is not a valid method.
20 a 2.55 𝑎 2.65
. .
b 10 10 10
354.8 10 446.7
c The interval of possible values is wholly contained within the statement
10 400 to 1 s. . .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 15

Worked solutions
ol ing e uations ith technolog

These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 12A
7 a et 𝑏 be number of boys and 𝑔 be number of girls.
𝑏 𝑔 60
2𝑏 𝑔 0
b rom calculator solver: 𝑔 40
8 a et be the price of a widget and 𝑔 be the price of a gi mo, each in cents.
3 7𝑔 1410
5 4𝑔 1200
b rom calculator solver: 120, 𝑔 150
𝑔 $2.70
9 16 𝑎 5𝑑
10
𝑆 169 2𝑎 9𝑑
2
𝑎 5𝑑 16
10𝑎 45𝑑 169
rom calculator solver: 𝑎 25, 𝑑 1.8
10
5
𝑆 2𝑎 4𝑑
19
2
11
𝑆 48.4 2𝑎 10𝑑
2
5𝑎 10𝑑 19
11𝑎 55𝑑 48.4
rom calculator solver: 𝑎 3.4, 𝑑 0.2
11 et 𝑡 be the price of a ticket, 𝑑 be the price of a drink and 𝑝 be the price of popcorn, each in
dollars.
9𝑡 6𝑑 4𝑝 150
6𝑡 4𝑑 3𝑝 102
5𝑡 2𝑑 2𝑝 75
rom calculator solver: 𝑡 10.5, 𝑑 5.25, 𝑝 6
A ticket costs $10.50, a drink costs $5.25 and popcorn costs $6.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications and interpretation 1

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
12 et 𝑎 be the amount (in pounds) invested in account 𝐴, 𝑏 in 𝐵 and 𝑐 in .

Worked solutions
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 10000
0.02𝑎 0.03𝑏 0.04𝑐 286
𝑎 𝑏 300
rom calculator solver: 𝑎 3900, 𝑏 3600, 𝑐 2500
e invested $3900 in account 𝐴, 3600 in account 𝐵 and 2 500 in account .
13 et 𝑐 be the number of chocolate cakes, the number of fruit cakes and the number of
sponge cakes.
225𝑐 320 400 3300
300𝑐 250 325 3100
12𝑐 10 8 114
rom calculator solver: 𝑐 4, 5, 2
14 et 𝑐 be the price of a cow, the price of a sheep and 𝑝 the price of a pig (all in ).
3𝑐 11 32𝑝 136
𝑐 7 0
𝑐 8𝑝 0
rom calculator solver: 𝑐 238, 34, 𝑝 29.75
So the cost of a cow, a sheep and a pig is 238 34 29.75 301.75
15 et 𝑟 be the number of red cars, 𝑏 the number of blue cars and the number of grey cars.
360
𝑟 𝑏 𝑔 𝑔
192
𝑟 𝑏 2
𝑟 𝑏 𝑔 2
rom calculator solver: 𝑟 6, 𝑏 8, 𝑔 16
6
P 𝑅 0.2
30
16 et 𝑎 be the first digit, 𝑏 the second digit and 𝑐 the third digit so that the number is 100𝑎
10𝑏 𝑐, and the number reversed has value 100𝑐 10𝑏 𝑎
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 16
2𝑎 2𝑏 𝑐 0 or 2𝑎 2𝑏 𝑐 0
99𝑎 99𝑐 297
rom calculator solver: 𝑎 5.9, 𝑏 7.3, 𝑐 2.9 re ect or 𝑎 7, 𝑏 5, 𝑐 4
The only valid solution is 754
17
𝑥 𝑦 26
𝑥 2𝑦 3 67
𝑥 𝑦 8
rom calculator solver: 𝑥 1, 𝑦 9, 16
So 𝑥 1, 𝑦 3, 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

Worked solutions
Then the mean is and the median is 𝑏 the range is 𝑐 𝑎

𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
2𝑏
3
𝑐 𝑎 5𝑏
𝑏 𝑎 1
Simplifying and rearranging to a consistent order:
𝑎 5𝑏 𝑐 0
𝑎 5𝑏 𝑐 0
𝑎 𝑏 1
rom calculator solver: 𝑎 0, 𝑏 1, 𝑐 5
The greatest of the three numbers is 5.

Exercise 12B
10 et the base be 𝑥 so that the height is 𝑥 2
𝑥 𝑥 2
40
2
𝑥 2𝑥 80 0
rom calculator solver: 𝑥 10 (rejecting the negative solution).
The height is 𝑥 2 8 cm.
11
6
𝑆 1 𝑟 𝑟 58.5
58.5
𝑟 𝑟 1 0
6
rom calculator solver: 𝑟 2.5 or 3.5
12
3.4
𝑟 1
𝑆 51
𝑟 1
51 𝑟 1
𝑟 1
3.4
𝑟 15𝑟 14 0
rom calculator solver: 𝑟 2
13 a
5
2𝑥 1
𝑥 3
2𝑥 1 𝑥 3 5
2𝑥 5𝑥 3 5
2𝑥 5𝑥 8 0
b rom calculator solver: 𝑥 3.61 or 1.11

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

Worked solutions
Multiplying through by 𝑥:
𝑥 3𝑥 1 0
b rom calculator solver: 𝑥 1.88, 1.53, 0.347
15 a By ythagoras, 𝑥 𝑥 5 2𝑥 1
𝑥 𝑥 10𝑥 25 4𝑥 4𝑥 1
2𝑥 14𝑥 24 0
𝑥 7𝑥 12 0
b rom calculator solver, 𝑥 8.42, 1.42
c rom context, 𝑥 0 (length must be positive) so reject the negative solution.
𝑥 8.42
16 a
𝑥 4𝑥 3 𝑥 𝑥 1 19.8
5𝑥 2𝑥 19.8 0
b rom calculator solver: 𝑥 1.8 or 2.2 re ect
𝑥 1.8 m
17 After the squares are cut out, the remaining side lengths of the base are 50 2𝑥
and 40 2𝑥.
𝑉 50 2𝑥 40 2𝑥 𝑥 6000
4𝑥 180𝑥 2000𝑥 6000 0
rom calculator solver: 𝑥 5, 10, 30
rom context, 𝑥 20 so two possible solutions are 𝑥 5 or 𝑥 10
18 a
𝑉 𝜋𝑟 600 1
𝑆 2𝜋𝑟 2𝜋𝑟 450 2
Rearranging 2 : 𝜋𝑟 𝑟 225
225 225 𝜋𝑟
𝑟
𝜋𝑟 𝜋𝑟
b Substituting into 1 :
𝑟 225 𝜋𝑟 600
𝜋𝑟 225𝑟 600 0
c rom calculator solver: 𝑟 6.50, 3.07 or 9.57
rom context, 𝑟 0 so the possible radius length is 6.50 cm or 3.07 cm.
19 et 𝑥 be the edge length of the cube.
𝑥 6𝑥 160 0
rom calculator solver: 𝑥 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

Worked solutions
1, 𝑑 6
𝑛
𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1 1160
2
3𝑛 2𝑛 1160 0
rom calculator solver: 𝑛 20 or 19.3 re ect
𝑛 20
21 et 𝑥 be the lower of the base values.
𝑥 1 𝑥 61
3𝑥 3𝑥 60 0
rom calculator solver: 𝑥 4 or 5
So the values are either 4 and 5 or 5 and 4
22 a Each vertex has a directed diagonal to each non-adjacent vertex. ot counting the vertex
itself or either of its immediate neighbours, there must be 𝑛 3 non-adjacent vertices
for each vertex.
So with 𝑛 vertices, there are 𝑛 𝑛 3 directed diagonals.

Each diagonal would be counted twice (both directions) so there are in total 𝑛 𝑛 3
diagonals.
b
𝑛 𝑛 3
35
2
𝑛 3𝑛 70 0
rom calculator solver: 𝑛 7 or 10
rom context, 𝑛 0 so 𝑛 10.

Mixed Practice
1 et the height be 𝑥 so the base is 𝑥 6.
𝑥 𝑥 6
20
2
𝑥 6𝑥 40 0
rom calculator solver: 𝑥 4 or 10
Rejecting the negative solution (length must be positive), the height must be 4 cm.
2 a
2𝑥 5 𝑥 4 10
2𝑥 3𝑥 20 10
2𝑥 3𝑥 30 0
b rom calculator solver: 𝑥 4.69, 3.19

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Worked solutions
2
𝑥 7
𝑥 4
𝑥 7 𝑥 4 2
𝑥 4𝑥 7𝑥 30 0
b rom calculator solver: 𝑥 2.70, 3, 3.70
4 a
𝑥 𝑥 1 10
𝑥 𝑥 10 0
b rom calculator solver: 𝑥 2.70, 3.70
5 et 𝑥 be the length of the shorter sides.
𝑥 𝑥 2 10
𝑥 2𝑥 10 0
rom calculator solver: 𝑥 1.65 cm
6 a et be the number of flies and the number of spiders.
6 8 142
20
b sing calculator solver: 9, 11
There are 11 spiders.
7 et 𝑝 be the cost of a pail, 𝑣 the cost of vinegar and brown paper (in dollars)
7𝑝 5𝑣 70
5𝑝 7𝑣 74
sing calculator solver: 𝑝 5, 𝑣 7
inegar and brown paper is $2 more expensive than a pail of water.
8 et be the number of science books aniel buys and 𝑎 be the number of art books aniel
buys.
8 12𝑎 168
4 24𝑎 264
sing calculator solver: 6, 𝑎 10
aniel bought 6 science and 10 art, Alessia bought 3 science and 20 art.
Altogether they bought 39 books.
9 a 𝑥 𝑦 10 000
b 2 12 3 5 39 A
c 12𝑥 5𝑦 108 800
d sing calculator solver: 𝑥 8400, 𝑦 1600

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

Worked solutions
39𝑑 106
𝑆 20 106 1900
Simplifying and rearranging:
39𝑑 106
20 220
So 11 and 𝑑 3

11 a
𝐴 𝑥 1 1
𝑥 2𝑥
b 𝑥 2𝑥 109.25 0
sing calculator solver: 𝑥 9.5 or 11.5
Rejecting the negative solution, 𝑥 9.5
c ence length: 4 𝑥 1 42 m
12 et 𝑥 be the middle of the three consecutive numbers, so the others are 𝑥 1 and 𝑥 1 and
the mean is 𝑥.
𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 1 504
𝑥 𝑥 504 0
sing calculator solver: 𝑥 8
The mean of the numbers is 8.
13
8
𝑆 1 𝑟 𝑟 14
14
𝑟 𝑟 1
8
6
𝑟 𝑟 0
8
sing calculator solver: 𝑟 0.5 or 1.5
14
2
𝑟 1
𝑆 40
𝑟 1
𝑟 1 20 𝑟 1
𝑟 20𝑟 21 0
sing calculator solver: 𝑟 3
15 a sing cosine rule:
𝑥 2 𝑥 2𝑥 2𝑥 2𝑥 cos 60°
𝑥 4𝑥 4 5𝑥 2𝑥
2𝑥 4𝑥 4 0
𝑥 2𝑥 2 0
b rom calculator solver, the only positive solution to this is 𝑥 2.73

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

Worked solutions
𝑛
𝑆 2 𝑑 𝑛 1 2440
2
𝑛 100 𝑛 1 2440
𝑛 101𝑛 2440 0
sing calculator solver, 𝑛 40 or 61
17 a
𝑉 𝑥 𝑥 2 2𝑥 3
2𝑥 7𝑥 6𝑥
b 2𝑥 7𝑥 6𝑥 31.5 0
sing calculator solver: 𝑥 1.5
The tank dimensions are 1.5 m 3.5 m 6m
18 a Arithmetic sequence: 1, 𝑑 1
20
𝑆 2 1 19 1 210
2
b
𝑛
2 1 1 𝑛 1 3240
2
𝑛 𝑛 6480 0
sing calculator solver: The only positive integer solution is 𝑛 80
c i
𝑛
2 𝑛 1 𝑆
2
𝑛 𝑛 2𝑆 0
ii 𝑛 𝑛 4200 0
sing calculator solver: 𝑛 64.3 or 65.3
There is no positive integer solution for 𝑛, so the cans cannot form an exact triangle.
A 64 row triangle could be made, with some spare cans, but there are not enough for
a 65 row triangle.
19 et be the number who learn Spanish, be the number who learn rench and 𝑏 be the
number who learn both languages.
𝑏 30
1
𝑏 12
rom calculator solver: 11, 10, 𝑏 9
𝑏
P learn both 0.3
30

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

d𝑦
1 2𝑎 𝑏 12
d𝑥
𝑦 1 𝑎 𝑏 7
2𝑎 𝑏 12
𝑎 𝑏 7
sing calculator solver: 𝑎 5, 𝑏 2
𝑦 2 5 2 2 2 24
21 et 𝑥 be the edge length of the cube
𝑥 6𝑥 100
sing calculator solver: 𝑥 3.28
22 et 𝑥 be the lesser value, so the greater value is 𝑥 1
𝑥 1 𝑥 2
3𝑥 3𝑥 1 0
sing calculator solver: 𝑥 0.264 or 1.26
23
𝑥 𝑦 8
𝑥 2𝑦 3 23
𝑥 𝑦 2 18
sing calculator solver: 𝑥 1, 𝑦 1, 8
So 𝑥 1, 𝑦 1, 2
24 Each person shakes hands with each other person, so the total number of directed
handshakes is 𝑛 𝑛 1 .
Since this counts each shake twice (A shakes B is the same as B shakes A), the total number
of (undirected) shakes is

𝑛 𝑛 1
190
2
𝑛 𝑛 380 0
sing calculator solver: The only positive integer 𝑛 20.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

Worked solutions
Mathematical models

These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 13A
7 a i or every year after purchase, the car will travel 00 miles.
ii The car had travelled 400 miles when purchased.
b 5 41 29.4 70.4
After 5 years, the car is predicted to have travelled 70 400 miles.
c
8.2𝑦 29.4 100
100 29.4
𝑦 8.6
8.2
The car will exceed 100 000 miles in the ninth year.
8 a 1.25𝑑 2.5
b 3.2 6.5
A journey of 3.2 km would cost $6.50
c 6.5 10.63
Ryan does not have enough money such a journey would cost $10.63.
9 a i 𝑘 100
ii
12.5 0 12.5𝑚 100
100
𝑚 8
12.5
b 0 𝑡 12.5
10 a 𝑚𝑑 𝑘
0.8 630 0.8𝑚 𝑘
3 520 3𝑚 𝑘
sing calculator solver: 𝑚 50, 𝑘 670
50𝑑 670
b 4.8 430
The model predicts a house 4.8 miles from the centre would cost 430 000.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications and interpretation 1

Worked solutions
2 4.08 2𝑎 𝑏
6 4.98 6𝑎 𝑏
sing calculator solver: 𝑎 0.225, 𝑏 3.63
b i 𝑎 is the change in weight per week
ii 𝑏 is the birth weight
12 a 10 0.12 250 40
0.12𝑒 10 or 0 𝑒 250
40 0.15 𝑒 250 or 𝑒 250
Simplifying:
0.12𝑒 10 or 0 𝑒 250
0.15𝑒 2.5 or 𝑒 250
b 300 0.15 300 2.5 47.5
The cost for 300 kWh is 47.50
13 a i 7.5𝑚 80
ii 5𝑚 125
b The distance at which the two companies cost the same is found when :
80 7.5𝑚 125 5𝑚
2.5𝑚 45
𝑚 18
or distances above 18 miles, Tortoise Removals is cheaper.
14 a
𝐷 𝑝 𝑎 15𝑝
𝐷 75 0 𝑎 15 75
𝑎 1125
𝐷 𝑝 1125 15𝑝
b
𝑆 𝑝 𝑏 12𝑝
𝑆 30 0 𝑏 12 30
𝑏 360
𝑆 𝑝 12𝑝 360
c
𝑆: 1125 15𝑝 12𝑝 360
27𝑝 765
𝑝 28.33
The equilibrium price is $28.33

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

Worked solutions
b 𝑑 20 2.3 20𝑎 𝑏
𝑑 25 3.2 25𝑎 𝑏
sing calculator solver: (i) 𝑎 0.18, ii 𝑏 1.3
c 𝑑 15 2.1 m
d
𝑑 𝑥 2.5 0.18𝑥 1.3
3.8
𝑥 21.1 m
0.18
16 a Tax on 50 000 is 0.2 37.5 7.5
Tax on 150 000 is 7.5 0.4 100 47.5
0 0 𝐼 12.5
0.2 𝐼 12.5 12.5 𝐼 50
𝑇
0.4 𝐼 50 7.5 50 𝐼 150
0.45 𝐼 150 47.5 𝐼 150
Simplifying:
0 0 𝐼 12.5
0.2𝐼 2.5 12.5 𝐼 50
𝑇
0.4𝐼 12.5 50 𝐼 150
0.45𝐼 20 𝐼 150
b i 𝑇 35 4.5 so tax payable on 35 000 is 4 500
ii 𝑇 70 15.5 so tax payable on 70 000 is 15 500
c Since 50 𝑇 150 47.5, this will fall in the final income bracket.
𝑇 𝐼 50 0.45𝐼 20
70
𝐼 155.556
0.45
An income of 155 556 would cause a payable tax of 50 000.

Exercise 13B
7 a Axis of symmetry lies midway between roots.
is 5,0
b
𝑦 𝑥 5 𝑥 2
𝑥 3𝑥 10
𝑏 3, 𝑐 10

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

Worked solutions
8 a 𝑥-coordinate of vertex lies midway between eroes: 𝑥 3
b
30.25𝑎 5.5𝑏 𝑐 0
0.25𝑎 0.5𝑏 𝑐 0
9𝑎 3𝑏 𝑐 12.5
c sing calculator solver: 𝑎 2, 𝑏 12, 𝑐 5.5
d

9 a
2500𝑎 50𝑏 𝑐 1350
40 000𝑎 200𝑏 𝑐 5100
160 000𝑎 400𝑏 𝑐 3100
b sing calculator solver: 𝑎 0.1, 𝑏 50, 𝑐 900
c 𝑐 is the profit the business is projected to make if it produces no items (that is, it would
make a 900 loss).
d The maximum of the model is 250, 5350 .
i The model projects maximum profit when 250 items are produced.
ii The model projects maximum profit of 5350.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
10 et 𝑦 be the height of the surface (in cm) and 𝑥 the distance from the left edge of the road

Worked solutions
(in m).
Model with a parabola with roots at 0 and 7.5, passing through the point 1,5
𝑦 𝑎𝑥 7.5 𝑥
𝑦 1 6.5𝑎 5
𝑎 0.769
The maximum lies at the midpoint of the parabola: 𝑦 3.75 0.769 3.75 10.8
The maximum height of the road is 10.8 cm
11 a 𝑐 1.45
b i
𝑏
1.4
2𝑎
2.9 0 8.41𝑎 2.9𝑏 1.45
ii
2.8𝑎 𝑏 0
8.41𝑎 2.9𝑏 1.45 0
sing calculator solver: 𝑎 5, 𝑏 14
c 𝑡 5𝑡 14𝑡 1.45 5
rom calculator, 𝑡 0.282 or 2.52
The ball is 5 m off the ground 0.282 seconds and 2.52 seconds after being thrown.
12 a 𝑅 𝑎𝑡 𝑏 where 𝑅 is the radius in metres and 𝑑 is the number of days that have passed
since the first measurement.

2
𝑅 0 𝑏 so 𝑏 0.798
𝜋

3 1 3 2
𝑅 4 4𝑎 𝑏 so 𝑎 0.0448
𝜋 4 𝜋 𝜋

The model projects 𝑅 7 1.11

So the area predicted after 7 days is 𝜋 1.11 3.88 m
b The model assumes that 𝑅 increases at a constant rate, ignoring other features which
might fluctuate (such as temperature, nutrients, space restrictions)
c In the model the algae would increase in area without limit in reality, the algal growth
would be limited by the dimensions of the pond.

Exercise 13C
9 a 0 4.68 billion people have a mobile phone.
b 2
c 6 4.68 1.02 5.27
In 0 , the model predicts 5.27 billion people will have a mobile phone.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Worked solutions
b 5 0.556 mg l
c
𝑡 0.25 1.5 0.82
0.25
0.82
1.5
0.25
log
𝑡 1.5 9.0287
log 0.82
0.0287 60 1.7 2
The concentration reaches 0.25 mg l after about 9 hours, 2 minutes
11 a
0 2.5 𝑘
5 7 𝑘e
1 7
𝑟 ln 0.206
5 𝑘
b 30 1 204.7
After 30 minutes, the model predicts approximately 1 205 000 bacteria.
12 a
𝑚 3 29.6 𝑘𝑎 1
𝑚 10 11.1 𝑘𝑎 2
29.6
1 2 : 𝑎
11.1
𝑎 1.15
𝑘 29.6𝑎 45.1
b
𝑚 𝑡 1 𝑘𝑎
log 𝑘
𝑡 27.2 s
log 𝑎
13 a
6800
𝑉 8500
8500
8500 0.8
b 𝑉 10 912.68
After 10 years the model predicts a value of $912.68
c 𝑑 500
Then 𝑉 0 8500 𝑐 𝑑 so 𝑐 8000

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

Worked solutions
1
𝑚 15 𝑚 0
2
1
𝑘e 𝑘
2
1 1
𝑐 ln 0.0462
15 2
b
𝑚 𝑡 0.01𝑘
e 0.01
1
𝑡 ln 0.01 99.7 hours
𝑐
15 𝑣 50 as 𝑡
The model predicts the speed rises towards a limit of 50 m s
16 a The soup is cooling towards room temperature 20° C so 𝑐 20
𝑇 0 85 𝑘 𝑐 so 𝑘 65
𝑇 5 20 0.75 65 68.75 𝑘𝑎 20
𝑎 0.75 0.944
𝑇 8 65 0.944 20 61.0 ° C
b i 𝑘 represents the temperature difference between the soup and the room at 𝑡 0 so
would be unchanged.
ii 𝑎 represents the ratio of decay in temperature difference each minute. The value of 𝑎
would still be between 0 and 1 (the soup will still cool) but will be a greater value
(the soup will cool more slowly).

Exercise 13
9 a 𝑘𝑥
12 5𝑘 so 𝑘 2.4
2.4𝑥
b i 4 9.6
ii 𝑥 20 2.4𝑥
𝑥 8.3 cm
10 a 𝑇 𝑘√𝑙
1 𝑘√25 so 𝑘 0.2

𝑇 0.2√𝑙
b i 𝑇 60 0.2√60 1.55 s
ii 𝑇 𝑙 0.8 0.2√𝑙
𝑙 16 cm

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

Worked solutions
𝑃 𝑘
2.05 10 𝑘 10
𝑘 2.05 10
𝑃 14 2.05 10 14 5.63 10 Watts
b
𝑃 10 2.05 10
10
17.0 m s
2.05

12 a
𝑘
𝑃
𝑉
𝑘
45000
20
𝑘 9 10
900 000
𝑃
𝑉
b i 𝑃 125 7200 Pa
ii
9 10
𝑃 𝑉 80000
𝑉
90
𝑉 11.25 cm
8
13
𝑘
𝑇
𝑘
55
8
𝑘 440
440
15 29.3
15
The model predicts sales of 29 sweatshirts.
14 a
8𝑎 4𝑏 2𝑐 𝑑 1
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 𝑑 8
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 𝑑 2
8𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 𝑑 5
b sing calculator solver: 𝑎 2, 𝑏 0, 𝑐 7, 𝑑 3
15 a 𝑇 𝑎𝑑 𝑏𝑑 𝑐𝑑 𝑘
𝑎 0.723 𝑏 0.723 𝑐 0.723 𝑘 0.615
𝑎 1.52 𝑏 1.52 𝑐 1.52 𝑘 1.88
𝑎 9.54 𝑏 9.54 𝑐 9.54 𝑘 29.5
𝑎 30.1 𝑏 30.1 𝑐 30.1 𝑘 165
sing calculator solver: 𝑎 0.00342, 𝑏 0.251, 𝑐 1.04, 𝑘 0.265

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

Worked solutions
ii
true alue
appro imate alue
Percentage error 100
true alue
11.9 11.4
100
11.9
3.88
c The maximum of this model for positive 𝑑 is 50.9,252 so the maximum orbital period
predicted is 252 ears.
16
𝑦 𝑘
𝑘 𝑘
𝑥 𝑘
𝑦 𝑘
17 If 𝑑 is the force of attraction between the magnets when at distance 𝑑 apart:
𝑘
𝑑
𝑑
𝑘 1
1.1𝑑 𝑑 0.826 𝑑
1.21𝑑 1.21
The force of attraction decreases by 17.4
18 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐𝑥 𝑑
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 𝑑 2
8𝑎 4𝑏 2𝑐 𝑑 4
27𝑎 9𝑏 3𝑐 𝑑 2
64𝑎 16𝑏 4𝑐 𝑑 10
sing the calculator solver: 𝑎 1, 𝑏 4, 𝑐 3, 𝑑 2
5 125 4 25 3 5 2 38
19 et 𝑇 𝑚, 𝑛 be the time taken to build an estate of 𝑚 houses with 𝑛 builders.
𝑘𝑚
𝑇
𝑛
7𝑘
𝑇 7,7 7
7
𝑘 7
7 2
Then 𝑇 2,2 7
2
It will still take 7 days.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

Worked solutions
Tip: This can be approached naively by setting up a general cubic and using a set of three
simultaneous equations to reduce to only one parameter.
More swiftly, since the pattern is of three values for which 𝑥 𝑥, we can approach by
finding the function g 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥, for which roots are known.
d1
𝑥 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐𝑥 𝑑
𝑑 0 1
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 𝑑 1 2
8𝑎 4𝑏 2𝑐 𝑑 2 3
Substituting:
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 1 4
8𝑎 4𝑏 2𝑐 2 5
5 2 4 : 6𝑎 2𝑏 0
𝑏 3𝑎
Then from 4 : 𝑐 1 2𝑎
The general equation is 𝑥 𝑎𝑥 3𝑎𝑥 1 2𝑎 𝑥
d2
et g 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
Then g 0 g 1 g 2 0
g 𝑥 has roots at 0, 1 and 2 so g 𝑥 𝑘𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 2
Then 𝑥 𝑘𝑥 𝑥 1 𝑥 2 𝑥

Exercise 13E
3 a Range is from 1 to 5 so amplitude is 3

b eriod is 45 so 𝑞 8

c entre line is at 𝑦 2 so 𝑟 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 10

Worked solutions
a Range is from 5 to 3 so amplitude is 4

b eriod is 720 so 𝑞

c entre line is at 𝑦 1 so 𝑟 1
5 a 50 m
b 1.8 m

c Wa elength 5m

6 a i Maximum height is 0.58 1.1 1.68 m above ground.

ii Minimum height is 0.58 1.1 0.52 m above the ground.
b alf a period is 0.6 s so the full period is 1.2 s
360
𝑏 300° s
1.2
c 4 0.58 cos 1200 1.1 0.81 m
7 a 152 cm
b
450𝑡 180
𝑡 0.4 s
c entral height is 140 cm.
8 a The distance from the point can range from 40 to 40, and has period 20 s.
𝑑 0 0 𝑟.

Then 𝑝 40, 𝑞 18° s

b 𝑑 𝑡 10
rom calculator, least positive solution for 𝑡 is 𝑡 10.8
The bike is first 10 m south of the diameter 10.8 s after starting.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 11

Worked solutions
eriod is 24 so 𝑏 15

entral temperature is 𝑑 10.5 °C

𝑇 𝑎 sin 15𝑡 10.5
Require that the minimum occurs at 𝑡 6
𝑇 6 𝑎 sin 90° 10.5 6
𝑎 4.5
𝑇 3 4.5 sin 45° 10.5 13.7 °C
.
10 Amplitude is 𝑎 1.75 m

eriod is 12 so 𝑏 30

entral height is 𝑑 3.75 m

1.75 cos 30𝑡 3.75
8.5 3.30 m

Exercise 13
5 a 𝑃 67 1.01
b rowth rate is not necessarily going to be constant. opulation changes due to birth,
death and migration events may change these elements.
Also, the model is not precise and even if the growth rate were to be constant, errors
would accumulate over the years to 100.
6 a ressure and time will both be non-negative.
2.2
𝑃 0 𝑡
0.04
omain: 0 𝑡 55
b An exponential model would show the rate of pressure decrease slowing as time passes,
so that the pressure tends to ero but does not become negative.
7 a 0 °C
b Require 𝑇 0 100 and 𝑇 20 as 𝑡
𝑇 20 80 0.87

Mixed Practice
1 a 0 16
b 30 52
c
𝑡 100 16 1.2𝑡
84
𝑡 70 minutes
1.2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 12

Worked solutions
b
𝑏
6
2𝑎
6 36𝑎 6𝑏 𝑐 15
36𝑎 6𝑏 12
c
12𝑎 𝑏 0
36𝑎 6𝑏 12
rom calculator solver: 𝑎 ,𝑏 4

3 a 0 𝑝 𝑞 5 1
1 0.4𝑝 𝑞 4.1 2
2 1 : 0.6𝑝 0.9
𝑝 1.5, 𝑞 3.5
b 𝑦 3.5

4 a
𝑉 𝑘𝑇
140 350𝑘
140
𝑘 0.4
350
𝑉 0.4𝑇
b 𝑉 293 0.4 293 117 cm
5 a 𝑦 𝑚𝑡 𝑛
𝑦 1 𝑚 𝑛 150 1
𝑦 6 6𝑚 𝑛 600 2
2 1 : 5𝑚 450 𝑚 90
b 𝑚 represents the change in number of apartments each year.
c 𝑛 150 𝑚 60
d 𝑛 is the initial number of apartments.
6 a
8𝑝 4𝑞 2𝑟 8
𝑝 𝑞 𝑟 2
8𝑝 4𝑞 2𝑟 0
b sing calculator solver: 𝑝 1, 𝑞 1, 𝑟 2
7 a i Amplitude 3
ii Period 180°

b i Amplitude 𝑎 2

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 13

Worked solutions
°

iii Centre alue 𝑐 1

c The graphs intersect 5 times in the domain 180° 𝑥 360°
8 a $1.00
b $2.00
c 350 500
9 a 0 6 1 𝑏 so 𝑏 5
1 9 𝑎 5 so 𝑎 4
b 2 4 5 21
c
𝑐 5.5 4 5
4 0.5
𝑐 0.5

10 et 𝑑 be the gravitational force for distance 𝑑 from the centre of the earth.
𝑘
𝑑
𝑑
The gravitational force on the satellite before launch is 6000
.

The gravitational force on the satellite in orbit is 7500

be ore a ter
Percentage decrease 100
be ore
1 1
3.6 5.625 100
1
3.6
36
11 a i 94 54 40° C
ii 54 34 20° C
iii 34 24 10° C
b The temperature lost halves each minute, so during the fourth minute, the temperature
should fall 5° C so 𝑘 24 5 19

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 14

Worked solutions
d i
𝑦 𝑝 2 𝑞
𝑦 0 𝑝 𝑞 94
ii 𝑦 1 𝑞 54

𝑝 80, 𝑞 14
𝑦 14
i 𝑟 0.878
ii 𝑦 71.6 11.7𝑡
sing this linear model, 𝑦 3 36.7
i
True alue appro imate alue
Percentage error 100
True alue
24 36.7
100
24
52.8
12 a 0 2.5 1 1.5
b 2.5
c
𝑡 2.4 2.5 2
2 0.1
𝑡 3.3219
0.3219 60 19.3
It takes 3 hours and 19 minutes to reach this charge.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 15

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
13 a i alf a rotation: 𝑃 is at the top, so 100 m above ground level.

Worked solutions
ii Three quarters of a rotation: 𝑃 is at the rightmost point, so 50 m above ground level.
b i After 8 minutes, 𝑃 is as far from the top as it is from the base after 2 minutes:
8 100 2 100 9.5 90.5
ii A complete rotation takes 20 minutes so 21 1 2.4
c

d Initial position is 0 0 so 𝑎 𝑐 0
entral height 𝑐 50 so 𝑎 50

eriod 20 so 𝑏 18

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 16

Worked solutions
eometr

These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 14A
7

𝑃 2𝑟 2𝜋𝑟
360
35
16 2𝜋 8 20.9 cm
360

𝐴 𝜋𝑟
360
35
𝜋 8 19.5 cm
360
8

𝑃 2𝑟 2𝜋𝑟
360
140
12.4 2𝜋 6.2 27.5 cm
360

𝐴 𝜋𝑟
360
140
𝜋 6.2 47.0 cm
360
9

𝑙 2𝜋𝑟
360
70
2𝜋𝑟 12.3
360
360
𝑟 12.3 10.1 cm
70 2𝜋
10 a

𝑙 2𝜋𝑟
360
10𝜋 7
360
360
7 80.2°
10𝜋

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications and interpretation 1

Worked solutions
𝐴 𝜋𝑟
360
80.2
𝜋 5 17.5 cm
360
11

𝐴 𝜋𝑟
360
𝜋 23 185 cm
360
185 360
40.1°
𝜋 23
12

𝐴 𝜋𝑟
360
155
𝜋𝑟 326 cm
360

326 360
𝑟 15.5 cm
𝜋 155

13 a

𝐴 𝜋𝑟
360
74.5
𝜋𝑟 87.3 cm
360

87.3 360
𝑟 11.6 cm
74.5 𝜋

𝑃 2𝑟 2𝜋𝑟
360
74.5
23.2 2𝜋 11.6 38.2 cm
360
14 or the rectangle part:
𝐴 5 7 35 cm
𝑃 7 2 5 17 cm
or the sector part:

𝐴 𝜋𝑟
360
51.6
𝜋 7 22.1 cm
360

𝑃 𝑟 2𝜋𝑟
360

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

Worked solutions
7 2𝜋 7 13.3 cm
360
or the whole figure:
𝐴 35 22.1 57.1 cm
𝑃 17 13.3 30.3 cm
15

𝑃 2𝑟 2𝜋𝑟
360
103
2𝑟 2𝜋𝑟 26
360
13
𝑟 6.85 cm
103𝜋
1
360
16 𝐴 𝜋𝑟 18

18 360
1
𝜋𝑟
𝑃 2𝑟 2𝜋𝑟 30
360
Substituting 1 :

36
2𝑟 30
𝑟
𝑟 15𝑟 18 0
sing calculator solver: 𝑟 13.7 cm or 1.32 cm
17

Arc 𝑃 2𝜋𝑟
360
50
2𝜋 8 6.98 cm
360
Chord 𝑃 8 8 2 8 cos 50° 6.76 cm
The difference is 6.98 6.76 0.219 cm
18 Shaded region:
1
𝐴 𝜋𝑟 𝑟 sin
360 2
40 12
𝜋 12 sin 40°
360 2
3.98 cm

𝑃 2𝜋𝑟 2𝑟 2𝑟 cos
360
40
24𝜋 2 12 1 cos 40°
360
8.38 8.20 16.6 cm

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

Worked solutions
𝐴 𝜋𝑟
360
60
𝜋 15 37.5𝜋 cm
360
If the shaded region is 16.5𝜋 cm then the larger sector has total area 54𝜋 cm
60
54𝜋 𝜋 15 𝑥
360
15 𝑥 324
15 𝑥 18
𝑥 3

20 Slant length of cone is √8 22 23.4 𝑟

2𝜋𝑟
Arc length o sector 2𝜋 8
360
Then 123

21 If the two points of circle intersections are 𝑃 and then each of triangles 𝑃 and
are equilateral, so the angle subtended by 𝑃 in each case is 120°
Shaded area is the sum of two equal segments.
Each segment area 𝐴 can be calculated as the difference between sector area and the triangle
between the end points of the chord 𝑃 and the centre of the circle.
1
𝐴 𝜋𝑟 𝑟 sin
360 2
120 8
𝜋 8 sin 120° 39.3 cm
360 2
So the shaded area is 2 39.3 78.6 cm
The perimeter of the shaded area is twice one of the arc lengths

Perimeter 2 2𝜋𝑟
360
120
2 16𝜋
360
33.5 cm

Exercise 14B
15 ine connecting 1, 2 and 3, 1 has gradient 0.5 .
The boundary line runs perpendicular to that, so has gradient 2 and passes through the
midpoint 2, 1.5 .
The boundary line has equation 𝑦 2𝑥 2.5
16 a 𝑦 5
b 3, 5 lies in the cell containing 𝐵. Estimate temperature 18°C.
c 7, 0 lies in the region containing . Estimate air pressure 1025 mbar.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
d 6, 9 lies in the region containing . Estimate rainfall 31 mm.

Worked solutions
17

a i or
ii 𝐴, 𝐵, or 𝐼
b The point where five regions connect: 𝐵, , 𝐷, 𝐻 and 𝐼.
18
c di a (1, ) (3, ) ( , 4) (0, ) (11, ) (13, ) ( , ) (1, )
b 3 3 11 1 0
pa
d B B A A A
Average contamination in each of the pond regions:
11 2 0
𝐴: 4.3
3
3 8
𝐵: 5.5
2
6 12
: 9
2
𝐷: 3
It appears that pond has the highest contamination in its vicinity, so is the likely source of
the disease.
19 a i 𝐷
ii
iii 𝐷
b The cell containing site 𝐴 contains all the stores served by distribution centre 𝐴 (all the
stores for which 𝐴 is the closest distribution centre)

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Worked solutions
d 14, 1 will now be served by 𝐵.
20 a i radient 𝑚 1 so the perpendicular bisector has gradient 1 through 2, 2 .
Equation is 𝑦 4 𝑥
ii radient 𝑚 0 so the perpendicular bisector is vertical through 3, 4 .
Equation is 𝑥 3

iii radient 𝑚 2 so the perpendicular bisector has gradient through 1, 2 .

Equation is 𝑥 2𝑦 5
b 𝑦 4 𝑥 and 𝑥 3 intersect at 3, 1
c This point also lies on the perpendicular bisector of 𝐴 , so is the single point equidistant
from all three points and is the only vertex on the oronoi diagram
d

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
The point 4, 2 is in the region around 𝐵, so is closest to that point.

Worked solutions
21 a The gradient of the line connecting 𝐵 and has gradient

So the perpendicular bisector of that line has gradient 2 and passes through their
midpoint 9, 8 .
The line equation is 𝑦 8 2 𝑥 9
Simplifying: 𝑦 2𝑥 10
b This will be the intersection of the three edges on the oronoi diagram the intersection
of

𝑦 𝑥 and 𝑦 2𝑥 10
1 61
2𝑥 10 𝑥
4 8
2.25𝑥 17.625
𝑥 7.83, 𝑦 5.67
The point is at 7.83, 5.67
c The points furthest north in the region containing 𝐷 for integer coordinates are
7, 5 , 8, 5 and 9, 5 answer ii is valid.
d

The nearest neighbour to 7, 7 is 𝐵 so estimate the altitude at that point as 412 m.

22 a ine connecting 13,6 and 𝐷 1,14 has gradient

The perpendicular bisector, given in red, has gradient and passes through the midpoint
7, 10 .
The equation of the red line is 3𝑥 2𝑦 1
b 8, 13 is closest to hospital 𝐷.
c Within the city, the two points where multiple edges cross are at either end of the red
line: 𝐴 𝐷 7, 10 and 𝐵 𝐷 9, 13 .

𝐴 𝐷 lies at distance √6 4 √52 from point 𝐷.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

Worked solutions
So 9, 13 is furthest from all of 𝐴, 𝐵, and 𝐷.
23 a 7, 4 is closest to 𝐷.
b 3, 6

c The area of the trape oidal region around 𝐴 is 24

This represents a region with area 2400 m

d ine connecting 8,6 and 𝐷 5,3 has gradient 1

So the perpendicular bisector has gradient 1 and passes through the midpoint
6.5, 4.5 .
The bisector has equation 𝑥 𝑦 11

24 a or points 𝐴 0, 0 , 𝐵 30, 30 and 50, 10 .

erpendicular bisector of 𝐴 and 𝐵 has equation 𝑥 𝑦 30
erpendicular bisector of 𝐴 and has equation 5𝑥 𝑦 130
The intersection of these will be the point of furthest distance from all three towns:
4𝑥 100
𝑥 25, 𝑦 5
The location for the waste dump is at 25, 5 .

b The distance is the same from each city: √25 5 5√26 25.5 km
c The model assumes that each town can be represented by a single point, and that all
space is equally easily travelled, and that any land contours or other features (for
example, roads, watercourses) are not relevant to the decision.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
25 a 𝐴 0, 0 , 𝐵 20, 0 , 0, 30 , 𝐷 60, 40 produce the following oronoi diagram:

Worked solutions
sing a oronoi diagram: The vertices of the regions are points of maximal local
distance from adjacent towns the one furthest from all is at the 𝐵 𝐷 vertex.
Edge 𝐵𝐷 has equation 𝑦 60 𝑥

Edge 𝐵 has equation 𝑦 15 𝑥 10 or 𝑦 𝑥

The vertex is the intersection of these edges: 60 𝑥 𝑥

5 310
𝑥
3 6
𝑥 31, 𝑦 29
The dump should be located at 31, 29
b The dump would be moved further from town 𝐵, so (assuming and 𝐷 have similar
populations) would move north west along the 𝐷 edge.

Mixed Practice
1 a

𝐴 𝜋𝑟
360
32
𝜋 10 27.9 cm
360
b

𝑃 2𝑟 2𝜋𝑟
360
32
20 2𝜋 10 25.6 cm
360

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

Worked solutions
1
𝐴 𝜋𝑟
𝑛
𝜋 15
88 cm
𝑛
𝜋 15
𝑛 8.03
88
The pi a has been cut into 8 approximately equal slices.
3
3
𝑉 𝜋 0.5 2
4
1.18 m

4 a radient of line connecting the capitals is

So perpendicular has gradient

Midpoint between capitals is , 189, 34

Equation of the border is 𝑦 34 𝑥 189

𝑦 7.42𝑥 1440 (to 3 s.f.)

b The closest distance will be from either capital to their midpoint:

330 189 53 34 142 km

5 a istance 𝐴𝐵 √2 5 5.39 km

b ine connecting 𝐴 6, 6 and 𝐵 4, 1 has gradient 2.5

c The perpendicular bisector of segment 𝐴𝐵 will have gradient and pass through the
midpoint 5, 3.5 .
The equation of this line is 2𝑥 5𝑦 27.5
4𝑥 10𝑦 55
d 𝑃 is the point equidistant from feeding stations 𝐴, and 𝐷, and so is the point in that
region of the diagram furthest from any feeding station.
6 a The area of the pentagonal cell containing pump is 7 km

The population density there is therefore 316 people per km .

b oella lives in the region closest to pump .

Estimate her probability of getting cholera as 0.194

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 10

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
c As in part b, using the ratio of cases to population as a measure of the probability of

Worked solutions
cholera:
p ab p ai b babi i
c a ca
A 4 0 31 0.0
B 1 44 4 0.33
C 04 0.13
D 1 3 1 0.0
E 1 3 0.14
F 1 03 4 1 0. 33
G 3 1 0.1 4
rom this, 𝐵 clearly has the highest density of cholera per head of population and so in
the absence of other information is the best location to suggest as the source of the
infection.
7 𝐴 10, 10 , 𝐵 0, 30 , 20, 40
a ine connecting 𝐴 and 𝐵 has gradient 2 so the perpendicular bisector has gradient
and passes through 5, 20 .
This perpendicular bisector has equation 𝑥 2𝑦 35
ine connecting 𝐴 and has gradient 3 so the perpendicular bisector has gradient
and passes through 15, 25 .
This perpendicular bisector has equation 𝑥 3𝑦 90
The intersection of these two lines is at 15,25 , so this would be the point at the
common intersection of all the edges of the oronoi diagram.
The point furthest from all three towns (within the circle of those towns) is 𝑃 15, 25 .
b distance 𝐴𝑃 √5 15 15.8 km
8 a ine connecting 𝐴 and has gradient

Then the perpendicular bisector has gradient and passes through the midpoint
3.5, 2 .
The bisector has equation 3𝑥 2𝑦 3 3.5 2 2 14.5
6𝑥 4𝑦 29
b

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 11

Worked solutions
On the oronoi diagram of the town, the cell containing 𝐴 is a square of side √8 so has area
8 km .
Then the number of cellphones which are nearest to 𝐴 (assuming uniform distribution of the
population) is 8 3 200 25 600.
10 a i ine connecting 𝐴 and is vertical so the perpendicular bisector is hori ontal and passes
through the midpoint 0, 1 .
The bisector has equation 𝑦 1
ii ine connecting 𝐵 and is hori ontal so the perpendicular bisector is vertical and
passes through the midpoint 3, 2 .
The bisector has equation 𝑥 3

iii ine connecting 𝐴 and 𝐵 has gradient

Then the perpendicular bisector has gradient 3 and passes through the
midpoint 3, 1 .
The bisector has equation 𝑦 10 3𝑥
b These three lines meet at 3, 1 .
c

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 12

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
d The point furthest from 𝐴, 𝐵 and within the circle of these points is 3, 1 .

Worked solutions
ine connecting 0,2 and 𝐷 3,1 has gradient

Then the perpendicular bisector has gradient 3 and passes through the
midpoint 1.5, 1.5 .
The bisector has equation 3𝑥 𝑦 3

This intersects the line 𝑦 1 at , 1 and the line 𝑥 3 at 3, 6 .

The area list from store is the triangle formed by these two points and point 𝐷.

The area is 5

As a percentage of 25, this is 16.7

11 a i 2, 6 lies in the cell containing 𝐴. Estimate temperature as 23 °C.
ii 8, 3 lies in the cell containing . Estimate temperature as 28 °C.
iii 6, 3 lies in the cell containing . Estimate temperature as 25 °C.
b

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 13

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
c oint 6, 3 now lies in the region of so would have estimated temperature 24 °C.

Worked solutions
12

𝐴 𝜋𝑟 3𝜋
360
𝑟 1080 1
𝑙 2𝜋𝑟 𝜋
360
𝑟 180 2
1 2 :𝑟 6
The radius is 6 cm
13 If the two endpoints of the circle arc are 𝑃 and it is assumed that the centre of the circle
from which the sector is taken lies at the midpoint of the right side of the rectangle then the
height of the rectangle is the length of chord 𝑃 and the width of the rectangle equals the
radius of the circle.
𝜋𝑟
ector area 0.500𝑟 7
360
𝑟 √14 3.74 cm 37 mm
osine Rule on triangle 𝑃

𝑃 𝑃 2 𝑃 cos 𝑃

𝑟 𝑟 2𝑟 cos 57.3°
3.59 cm 36 mm
a d : ind the height and width of the rectangle with least area which can
contain this sector, if the sector symmetry line is not held parallel to a rectangle side.
14 a 𝐵 4, 𝐵 3
sing cosine rule:
4 4 3
𝐵 cos 44.0°
2 4 4
b The two shaded areas are equal segments of the larger circle, with subtended angle 44.0°
1
Area 2 𝜋𝑟 𝑟 sin
360 2
44.0
2 𝜋 4 8 sin 44.0°
360
1.18 cm
15 a
1
𝐴 𝜋𝑟 𝑟 sin
360 2
144𝜋 72 sin
360
0.4𝜋 72 sin 12
b sing calculator solver: 58.3°

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 14

Worked solutions
𝑃 2𝜋𝑟 2𝑟 2𝑟 cos
360
58.3
24𝜋 √288 288 cos 58.3° 23.9 cm
360
16 a 𝐴𝐵 must be perpendicular to both 𝐴 and 𝐵, since the line segment 𝐴𝐵 is tangent to
the circles.
Then 𝐵𝐴 is a trape ium, with parallel side lengths 6 and 10, perpendicular base and
oblique side length 30.

onsidering the trape ium as a right-angled triangle atop a rectangle 𝐴𝐵, the
side lengths of the right triangle are 4, 30

So angle cos 82.3°

b onsidering the same triangle, √30 4 √884 𝐴𝐵 𝐷

Then the bicycle chain consists of the large arc 𝐴𝐷, the small arc 𝐵 and twice the
length of the line segment 𝐴𝐵
Since 𝐴𝐵 is a trape ium with 𝐴 𝐵, 𝐵 180 𝐴 97.7°
360 2 82.3
arc 𝐴𝐷 2𝜋 10 34.1 cm
360
360 2 97.7
arc 𝐵 2𝜋 6 17.2 cm
360
Total bike chain length 34.1 17.2 2√884 111 cm
17 a Since 𝐷 is the perpendicular bisector of 𝐴𝐵 and is the perpendicular bisector of
𝐴 , it follows that angles 𝐴𝐷 and 𝐴 are both 90°
Then 𝐷 180 𝐵𝐴 130°

b 100 36.1

c The nearest neighbour to the boat is cabin 𝐵 so estimate the temperature of the water
near the boat as 18.2 °C

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 15

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
18 sing a oronoi diagram for the four fixed magnets, there are two points where edges meet.

Worked solutions
Equations of perpendicular bisectors (edges of the diagram):
𝐴 :𝑥 𝑦 5
𝐴𝐷: 3𝑥 2𝑦 5.5
𝐵 : 3𝑥 𝑦 0
Then using calculator solver, the two intersection points are
𝐴 𝐷: 3.1, 1.9 distance from 𝐴: √2.1 0.1 2.10
𝐴𝐵 : 1.25, 3.75 distance from 𝐴: √0.25 1.75 1.77
The point equidistant from 𝐴, and 𝐷 is further from the magnets than the point equidistant
from 𝐴, 𝐵 and (though this would also be locally stable, since any small movement from it
would bring the fifth magnet closer to one of the others).
19 a

b Require his path to be a hori ontal line segment such that each region has the same
length segment within it.
All the oblique edges lie at 45° to the vertical.
or the distance in region 𝐴 to match that in region 𝐵, his path mush be along the line
𝑦 2
The distance in section 𝐴 is then seen to be 2 units.
is total run must therefore be 8 units.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 16

Worked solutions
Then 𝑎 𝑏 1
1
b f 𝑃 𝑅 is a rhombus then 𝑃 𝑅
0
So has coordinates 𝑎 1, 𝑏

c has gradient so its perpendicular bisector has gradient and passes through
the midpoint , .

Its equation is therefore 𝑎 1 𝑥 𝑏𝑦

Simplifying and using the result from part a:

1
𝑎 1 𝑥 𝑏𝑦 𝑎 2𝑎 1 𝑏 𝑎 1
2
Substituting the coordinates of 𝑃 1,0 :
𝑎 1 1 𝑏 0 𝑎 1 so 𝑃 lies on this line.
Substituting the coordinates of 𝑅 𝑎, 𝑏 :
𝑎 1 𝑎 𝑏 𝑏 𝑎 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎 1 so 𝑅 lies on this line.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 17

Worked solutions
pothesis testing

These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 15A
16 Observed values:
i b i i p i pi a
i c 1 1
i c 3 3 4

Expected values:
i b i i p i pi a
i c 1 1
i c 3 3 4

egrees of freedom: 3 1 2 1 2
12.14, 𝑝 0.00231 0.05
There is sufficient evidence that age and food choices are not independent.
17 Observed values:
i
ad 26 15 21
32 6 18

Expected values:
i

ad 30.5 11.0 20.5

27.5 9.97 18.5

egrees of freedom: 3 1 2 1 2
4.41, 𝑝 0.110 0.1
There is insufficient evidence that the distribution of type of insect is different in the two
locations.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications and interpretation 1

Worked solutions
p
b 14 18 28

Expected values:
p
b 10 20 30
egrees of freedom: 3 1 2
b 1.93
c 1.93 4.605
There is insufficient evidence that the underlying ratio of flowers is 1: 2: 3
19 a H : Each course is equally likely
H : The courses are not all equally likely
b
Analysis and Analysis and Applications and Applications and
approaches approaches S interpretation interpretation S
b d 18 21 8 33
ci
p c d 20 20 20 20
ci
egrees of freedom: 4 1 3
c 15.9 𝑝 0.00119 0.05
There is sufficient evidence that each course is not equally likely.
20 Observed values:
da a b
a 12 25 48 24
18 33 12 18
ic c 46 12 7 53
a 38 8 3 21

Expected values:
da a b
a 32.9 22.5 20.2 33.4
24.4 16.7 15 24.9
ic c 35.6 24.3 21.9 36.2
a 21.1 14.4 13.0 21.5
egrees of freedom: 4 1 4 1 9
125.8 𝑝 8.55 10 0 0.05
There is sufficient evidence that city and mode of transport are dependent.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

Worked solutions
c 1 2 3 4 5 6
b d c 26 12 16 28 14 24
p c d c 20 20 20 20 20 20

egrees of freedom: 6 1 5
11.6 𝑝 0.0407 0.02
There is insufficient evidence that the die is not fair.
22 a H : The data is drawn from a 3, 0.7 .
H : The data is not drawn from a 3, 0.7 .
b
b cc 0 1 2 3

b d c 7 28 95 70
p c d c 5.40 37.8 88.2 68.6

egrees of freedom: 4 1 3
c 3.57
d 3.57 6.25
There is insufficient evidence that data are not drawn from a binomial 3,0.7
distribution.
23 a 6,0.5
b
b ai 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
c 9 62 120 178 152 67 12
p c d 9.375 56.25 140.625 187.5 140.625 56.25 9.375
c

c egrees of freedom: 7 1 6
7.82 12.6
There is insufficient evidence that the coins are biased.
24 a 𝐵 4, 0.5
b H : The data comes from the distribution 4, 0.5 .
H : The data does not come from this distribution.
c 5 1 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

Worked solutions
b c c a 0 1 2 3 4
b d c 12 13 45 22 8
p c d c 6.25 25 37.5 25 6.25

13.4, 𝑝 0.00948 0.02

There is sufficient evidence that the data do not come from a 4,0.5 distribution.
25 a
i a c 5 5 to 6 to 7
babi i 0.159 0.440 0.334 0.0668

b egrees of freedom 4 1 3
c H : The data is drawn from a normal 5.8, 0.8 distribution.
H : The data is not drawn from a normal 5.8, 0.8 distribution.
d 2.82, 𝑝 0.420 0.1
There is insufficient evidence that the data do not come from a 5.8, 0.8 distribution.
26 a
Ti i 21.5 21.5 22.5 22.5 23.5 23.5 24.5 24.5
b d c 3 8 14 17 8
p c d c 14.1 7.09 7.62 7.09 14.1

b egrees of freedom 5 1 4
c 30.7
d 30.7 9.49
There is sufficient evidence that the data do not come from a 23, 2.6 distribution.
27
ad 3 4 5 6 7
b d c 2 10 9 12 7
p c d c 6.86 8.00 8.57 8.57 8.00

egrees of freedom 5 1 4
5.46 𝑝 0.243 0.1
There is insufficient evidence that the model is not appropriate.
28 a Observed values:
a ia a a a
11 13 12 32 21
14 15 22 16 30
16 19 26 18 23

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

Worked solutions
a ia a a a
11 13 19.5 21.45 24.05
14 15 20.4 22.44 25.16
16 19 20.1 22.11 24.79

H : Age and dietary choice are independent among the students at her school.
H : Age and dietary choice are not independent among the students at her school.
egrees of freedom 3 1 3 1 4
14.0 𝑝 0.00733 0.01
There is sufficient evidence that diet and age are dependent.
b The values in the first two rows (both expected and observed) remain the same.
Observed values:
a ia a a a
11 13 12 32 21
14 15 22 16 30
16 17 13 12 10
18 19 13 6 13

Expected values:
a ia a a a
11 13 19.5 21.45 24.05
14 15 20.4 22.44 25.16
16 17 20.1 22.11 24.79
18 19

H : Age and dietary choice are independent among the students at her school.
H : Age and dietary choice are not independent among the students at her school.
egrees of freedom 4 1 3 1 6
15.9 𝑝 0.0141 0.01
There is insufficient evidence that diet and age are dependent.
29 a Observed values:
i
i 12 16
i 8 12
ic 20 12

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Worked solutions
i
i 14 14
i 10 10
ic 16 16

H : avourite science is independent of gender

H : avourite science is not independent of gender
egrees of freedom 3 1 2 1 2
3.37 𝑝 0.185 0.1
There is insufficient evidence that favourite science depends on gender
b All values in the tables (observed and expected) are multiplied by 3 for a sample 3 times
the si e and with exactly the same proportions.

Then the sum of will also be 3 times as large.

10.1 𝑝 0.00636 0.1

There is now sufficient evidence that favourite science depends on gender.

Exercise 15B
10 H : 34
H : 34
where is the true mean amount of time (in minutes) needed to complete homework for the
new teacher.
𝑥 35.5, 7.33
𝑡 0.579, 𝑝 0.290 0.1
There is insufficient evidence, at the 10 significance level, that the mean amount of time
to complete homework is greater than 34 minutes.
11 H : 300
H : 300
where is the true mean amount of water in the bottles (in ml).
𝑥 298, 6
𝑡 1.49, 𝑝 0.152 0.05
There is insufficient evidence, at the 5 significance level, that the mean amount of water
in bottles is different from 300 ml.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

Worked solutions
H : 23.6
where is the true mean height of trees in the second forest (in m).
𝑥 21.3, 5.92
𝑡 1.23, 𝑝 0.125 0.1
There is insufficient evidence, at the 10 significance level, that the mean height of trees in
this second forest is less than 23.6 m.
13 H : 14.3
H : 14.3
where is the true mean temperature in the town (in °C)
𝑥 17.3, 8.6
𝑡 1.91, 𝑝 0.0330 0.05
There is sufficient evidence, at the 5 significance level, that the true mean temperature is
greater than 14.3 °C.
14 a H : 42
H : 42
where is the true mean time (in minutes) amid can now run 10 km.
𝑥 42.25, 2.25
𝑡 0.314, 𝑝 0.763 0.1
There is insufficient evidence, at the 10 significance level, that his running time is
different from 42 minutes.
b To use a 𝑡-test it is assumed that runs times are distributed normally.
15 a Assume that the volumes dispensed are normally distributed.
b H : 25
H : 25
where is the true mean volume (in ml) of medicine being dispensed
𝑥 23.8, √3.8
𝑡 3.37, 𝑝 0.00213 0.05
There is sufficient evidence, at the 5 significance level, that the true mean volume
dispensed is not 25 ml.
16 Two-sample 𝑡-test.
H :
H :
where is the population mean time for breed 𝐴 and is the population mean time for
breed 𝐵.
rom :𝑡 0.673, 𝑝 0.514 0.05
o not reject H there is insufficient evidence that the two breeds have different mean
masses.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
17 a The populations from which the samples are drawn are both normal

Worked solutions
To use a pooled 𝑡-test, also assume that both populations have the same variance.
b H :
H :
where is the population mean time for roup 1 and is the population mean time for
roup .
c rom :𝑡 2.20, 𝑝 0.0162
i 0.0162 0.05
Reject H at 5 significance there is sufficient evidence that the population from
which roup 1 was drawn has a lower mean time than the roup 2 population.
ii 0.0162 0.01
o not reject H at 1 significance there is insufficient evidence that the population
from which roup 1 was drawn has a lower mean time than the roup 2 population.
18 a H : 0
H : 0
where is the long-term mean daily change in share price.
b Assume that the daily changes are normally distributed.
c rom :𝑡 0.582, 𝑝 0.288 0.03
o not reject H there is insufficient evidence at the 3 significance level that the mean
daily share price change is greater than ero.
19 a To use a pooled 𝑡-test, he also must assume that the variances of the two populations
are equal.
b H :
H :
where is the mean sugar in Mocca ite and is the mean sugar in hoccy roth.
rom :𝑡 0.9, 𝑝 0.197 0.1
o not reject H there is insufficient evidence at the 10 significance level that the
mean amount of sugar in Mocca ite is lower than the amount in hoccy roth.
20 a Assumptions: Both populations are normally distributed, with equal variance.
0:

where is the population mean blood pressure before the trial and is the population
mean blood pressure after the trial.
𝑥 146.9, 6.76, 𝑛 10
𝑥 141.2, 6.63, 𝑛 10
𝑡 1.90, 𝑝 0.0365 0.05
There is sufficient evidence to reject H at 5 significance.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

Worked solutions
a 0 6 8 4 12 11 11 15 0 2

c If 𝑑 is the difference (a ter be ore) between measurements for an individual, and is

the population mean difference then the new hypotheses would be
0: 0
1: 0
d 𝑑 5.7, 6.72, 𝑛 10
𝑡 2.68, 𝑝 0.0125 0.05
There is sufficient evidence to reject H at 5 significance.
Assumption: The (a ter be ore) differences are normally distributed.
(This assumption follows immediately from the assumption in part c, but may be true
even if the assumption in part c is not true).
The two sample test requires that the two samples are independent since this is a
before after measurement pair, this is absolutely not the case. The second test, called a
paired sample t test is both more appropriate and also more powerful. The second test
also has a less restricted assumption, since the differences may be normal even if the
separate data lists are not.

Exercise 15C
9 a All points fall on line with positive gradient: B
b oints are strictly ascending but not on a line:
c oints follow a positive trend but are not on a line or exactly ordered: A
10 a i 𝑟 0.879
ii 𝑟 0.886
b There is strong positive correlation.
11 a 𝑟 0.929
b As temperature rises, the number of people visiting the park also tends to rise (within the
data range of temperatures sampled), though not necessarily linearly.
12 a

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
b The trend is non-linear but does appear reasonably consistently to be a decreasing

Worked solutions
pattern. Spearman’s correlation will capture the pattern of 𝑦 decreasing as 𝑥 increases.
c 𝑟 0.994, showing a strong negative association
13 H : There is no correlation
H : There is positive correlation
𝑟 0.303 0.564 so do not reject H . There is insufficient evidence of positive
correlation.
14 𝑟 0.332 which indicates a weak positive association. There is no significant evidence of
correlation between time spent playing video games and sleep.
15 a 𝑟 0.952
b The data supports a statement that older pupils usually run faster, but if his statement
were exactly true then with all ages different, the value would be 𝑟 1.
16 a 𝑟 0.8857
b H : There is no correlation between the two sets of marks
H : There is correlation between the two sets of marks (two tailed test)
0.8857 0.886 so do not reject H at the 5 significance level there is insufficient
evidence of correlation.
17 𝑟 0.505 0.571
There is insufficient evidence of negative correlation between the number of students taking
the two subjects.
18 a Rank data:
d Alison Bart had ev Ejam
4.5 4.5 1 2.5 2.5
i 5 3.5 1.5 1.5 3.5
𝑟 0.806
b H : There is no correlation between the two sets of grades.
H : There is correlation between the two sets of grades (two-tailed).
0.806 0.9 so do not reject H there is insufficient evidence of correlation between the
two sets of grades.
c H : There is no correlation between the two sets of grades.
H : There is positive correlation between the two sets of grades (one-tailed).
0.806 0.7 so do reject H there is sufficient evidence of positive correlation (ie
agreement) between the two sets of grades.
19 Rank data:
a 1 3 4
d 1 1 3 4
d 2 1 3 4
𝑟 0.7381

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 10

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
b H : There is no correlation between the two sets of grades.

Worked solutions
H : There is correlation between the two sets of grades (two-tailed).
0.7381 0.5240 so do not reject H there is insufficient evidence of correlation
between the two sets of grades.
c H : There is no correlation between the two sets of grades.
H : There is positive correlation between the two sets of grades (one-tailed).
0.806 0.7 so do reject H there is sufficient evidence of positive correlation (ie
agreement) between the two sets of grades.
20 a The new scatter accords more closely to a positive gradient line, so 𝑟 will be increased.
b The red point remains the greatest 𝑥 and greatest 𝑦 values, so none of the rank data has
changed 𝑟 will be unchanged.
c A linear transformation of data has no effect on correlation. 𝑟 will be unchanged.

Mixed Practice
1 a 𝑟 0.946
b 𝑟 1
c As 𝑐 increases, 𝑉 also increases, with the data lying close to, but not exactly along, a
straight line.
2 a 75,12
P 57 0.0668
b One-sample 𝑡-test
H : 75
H : 75 (one-tailed)
where is the true mean score uan can achieve in a current affairs qui .
𝑡 3.88, 𝑝 0.00186 0.05
Reject H in favour of H there is sufficient evidence that his mean score in current
affairs is greater than 75.
3
c
b d c 45 57 51 56 47 44
p c d c 50 50 50 50 50 50
test. egrees of freedom 6 1 5
H : Every result has equal probability
H : ot all sides have the same probability
3.12, 𝑝 0.681
So, there is insufficient evidence to reject 0.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 11

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
4 a H : The die is unbiased (all outcomes have equal probability).

Worked solutions
H : The die is biased (not all outcomes have equal probability).
b
c 1 2 3 4 5 6
b d c 42 38 55 61 46 58
p c d c 50 50 50 50 50 50
c egrees of freedom: 6 1 5
d 8.68, 𝑝 0.123 0.1
ail to reject H there is insufficient evidence that the die is biased.
5 a 𝑟 0.857
b H : There is no correlation between hours of sunshine and average daily temperature.
H : There is a positive correlation between hours of sunshine and average daily
temperature.
c 𝑟 0.571 there is sufficient evidence of positive correlation.
6 H : 17.5
H : 17.5 (one-tailed test)
where is the true mean journey time.
rom :
𝑡 1.53, 𝑝 0.0852 0.1
Reject H there is sufficient evidence that the mean time is greater than 17.5 minutes.
7 a H : 16
H : 16
Where is the true mean yield of the apple trees in bushels.
b
14.7 16
𝑡 1.787
2.3 √10
P 𝑡 1.787 0.0538 0.05
Insufficient evidence of decrease in yield.
8 a H : rade distributions are independent of school.
H : rade distributions are not independent of school.
b Observed grades:

c 11 44 36
c 16 83 40

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 12

Worked solutions
c 10.7 50.2 30.1
c 16.3 76.8 45.9
egrees of freedom: 2 1 3 1 2
3.24, 𝑝 0.198 0.05
ail to reject H insufficient evidence that the schools have different grade distributions.
9.
Tip tudents are required to use a paired sample 𝑡-test, because the test subjects have before
and after times given. In a paired sample test, you look at the differences as a single sample and
test whether the mean difference is ero. This is a more powerful test than a simple two sample
𝑡-test, since it uses the additional information of the two times for each person being linked this
was shown in Exercise 1 B question 0 the working is given below.
p i
i c a b ai i 2 5 5 3 4

H : 0
H : 0 (one-tailed test)
where is the true difference in race times after training.
rom :𝑡 1.729, 𝑝 0.0794 0.01
o not reject H there is insufficient evidence at the 1 significance that the race times
improved after training.
In the current syllabus, you are no longer expected to use this technique, even when the data
values are paired the required working is given below and illustrates how much less effective
the test is when the pairing information is disregarded.
H :
H : (one-tailed test)
where is the true mean race time before training and is the true mean race time after
training.
rom :𝑡 0.618, 𝑝 0.277 0.01
o not reject H there is insufficient evidence at the 1 significance that the race times
improved after training.
10 H : The data comes from the given distribution
H : The data does not come from this distribution
c 1 2 3 4 5 6
b d c 4 4 104
p c d c 0 0 0 0 0 0
egrees of freedom: 6 1 5
4.61, 𝑝 0.465 0.05
ail to reject H there is insufficient evidence that the die has a different distribution to the
one claimed.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 13

Worked solutions
b H : 800
H : 800 (one-tailed test)
where is the true mean mass of a loaf from the baker.
𝑡 2.63, 𝑝 0.0137 0.1
Reject H there is sufficient evidence that the true mean mass of a loaf is less
than 800 g.
12 a This is not a random sample since the eggs are collected in succession, they may not be
independent.
b H :
H : (two-tailed test)
where is the true mean mass of eggs from chicken 𝐴 and is the true mean mass of
eggs from chicken 𝐵.
c Assume that the masses of the eggs are normally distributed for both, and that the
variance of egg masses is the same for both chickens.
d 𝑡 0.439, 𝑝 0.666 0.05
o not reject H there is insufficient evidence that the chickens lay eggs with different
mean mass.
13 a 𝑟 0.511
b H : The two sets of scores have no correlation.
H : There is some correlation between the scores in maths and those in geography (two-
tailed).
c 0.511 0.564 so do not reject H there is insufficient evidence of correlation
between the two subjects’ scores.
14 a H :
H : (two-tailed test)
where is the true mean lifetime of type 𝐴 batteries and is the true mean lifetime of
type 𝐵.
rom :𝑡 1.69, 𝑝 0.103 0.1
o not reject H there is insufficient evidence that the two types have different mean
lifetimes.
b Assume that battery lifetimes follow a normal distribution and the two types have equal
variances.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 14

Worked solutions
where is the number of times Roy hits the target in 5 shots.

b
c
b d 12 18 34 22 14
p c d 5.03 20.6 33.7 27.6 13.1
c egrees of freedom 5 1 4
d H : 5,0.45
H : follows a different distribution.
11.2, 𝑝 0.0249 0.05
Reject H there is sufficient evidence that Roy’s belief is incorrect.
16 a H : All the coins are fair (P tails 0.5).
H : (Some of) the coins are biased.
b
b ai
c 12 34 151 218 223 126 32 4
p c d c 6.25 43.75 131.25 218.75 218.75 131.25 43.75 6.25
c egrees of freedom 8 1 7
14.70
P 14.70 0.0401 2
d Insufficient evidence at 2 significance that the coin are not fair.
17 a et be the number of shiny cards in a pack.
0 70 1 80 2 40 4 10
𝑥 1
200
This is consistent with the manufacture claim that 5, 0.2 .
b i H : 5, 0.2
H : follows a different distribution.
ii
b i ca d ,
b d c 70 80 40 10
p c d c
egrees of freedom: 4 1 3
0.588
iii 𝑝 0.899 0.05
i o not reject H there is no significant evidence to suggest that the manufacturers
claim is untrue.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 15

Worked solutions
𝑑 0.467
H : 0
𝐻: 0
Where is the true mean time difference year to year.
One-tailed test
𝑡 1.695, 𝑝 0.0754 0.05
o not reject H there is insufficient evidence at the 5 significance that the average
change each year is negative.
b i H : 0
H : 0
ii 𝑟 0.857
iii 0.857 0.714
Reject H there is sufficient evidence that as his age increases, there is a tendency for
amie’s 100 m race time to decrease.
19 a H : 62
H : 62
Where is the true mean score.
𝑡 1.19, 𝑝 0.118 0.05
Reject H there is sufficient evidence to show that the mean score is less than 62.
b H : 62, 144 .
𝐻: has a different distribution
Where is the score of a student.
c 45 45 55 55 65 65 75 75
b d c 11 23 22 18 6
p c d c 6.26 16.1 25.5 21.0 11.1
egrees of freedom 5 1 4
9.79, 𝑝 0.0440 0.05
Reject H there is sufficient evidence that the data are not drawn from 62, 144 .
c The distribution could still be normal, but with a different mean and or variance than
claimed.
d The scores given are discrete, whereas the normal distribution is continuous.
Tip: ot an issue in this case, but also always be alert for a normal distribution model which
predicts a large proportion of results outside the possible values (in this context, if the normal
model predicted a noticeable number of students scoring more than 100 or less than 0 , this
would be a standard objection).

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 16

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
20 a Assuming the scores follow an approximately normal distribution:

Worked solutions
H : 3.3
𝐻: 3.3 (two-tailed test)
Where is the true mean score.
𝑡 2.51, 𝑝 0.0129 0.1
Reject H there is sufficient evidence to conclude that the mean score has changed from
the previous year’s average.
b H : 0
H : 0 (one-tailed test)
𝑟 0.696 0.657
Reject H there is sufficient evidence to show that higher scores are more popular.
c H : Each score has equal probability.
H : It is not the case that each score has equal probability.
c 1 2 3 4 5 6
b d c 30 3 34 3
p c d c 30 30 30 30 30 30
egrees of freedom 6 1 5
1.93, 𝑝 0.858
o not reject H there is insufficient evidence to show that all scores are not equally
likely.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 17

Worked solutions
Calculus

These are worked solutions to the colour-coded problem-solving questions from the exercises in
the Student’s Book. This excludes the drill questions.

Exercise 16A
12
𝑦 𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
d𝑦
4𝑥 2𝑏𝑥
d𝑥
d𝑦
1 4 2𝑏 0
d𝑥
𝑏 2
𝑦 1 1 𝑏 𝑐 2
𝑐 3
13
𝑦 𝑥 𝑏𝑥 𝑐
d𝑦
4𝑥 𝑏
d𝑥
d𝑦
1 4 𝑏 0
d𝑥
𝑏 4
𝑦 1 1 𝑏 𝑐 2
𝑐 1
14 a rom calculator, roots of 𝑥 are 𝑥 0.329 or 1.54
b 𝑥 4𝑥 3
rom calculator, roots of 𝑥 are 𝑥 0.909
15
𝑦 4𝑥 𝑥
d𝑦
12𝑥 4𝑥 4𝑥 3 𝑥
d𝑥
radient is ero at 𝑥 0 and 𝑥 3
ori ontal tangents occur at 0,0 and 3,27

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications and interpretation 1

Worked solutions
𝑦 2𝑥 3𝑥
d𝑦
6𝑥 6𝑥 6𝑥 1 𝑥
d𝑥
radient is ero only at 𝑥 1
The local maximum is at 1, 5
17 a
𝑥 2𝑥 5𝑥 2𝑥 8
𝑥 6𝑥 10𝑥 2
𝑥 0 at 𝑥 1.85 or 0.180

or a positive cubic, the second stationary point is the local minimum

0.180 7.81
The local minimum is 0.180, 7.81
b hecking end values:
4 32
1 13
The least value of 𝑥 over domain 4 𝑥 1 is 32.
18 𝑥 3𝑥 𝑥 0.3𝑥
rom calculator, local maximum in 3 𝑥 3 is 1.75, 7.33 :
hecking end values:
3 108.9
3 36.9
The greatest value in the given domain is 108.9

19 𝑥 3𝑥

rom calculator, local minimum is at 1.22, 13.5 .

hecking end values:
1 14
3 30.7
The range is 13.5 𝑥 30.7
20 𝑥 3𝑥 4𝑥 12𝑥 2
rom calculator, local minima are at 1, 3 and 2, 30 .
ocal maximum is less than end values for a positive quartic.
The range is 𝑥 30

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

Worked solutions
𝑦 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥 4𝑥
d𝑦
3𝑎𝑥 2𝑏𝑥 4
d𝑥
radient is ero at 2, 12
d𝑦
2 12𝑎 4𝑏 4 0
d𝑥
3𝑎 𝑏 1 1
𝑦 2 8𝑎 4𝑏 8 12
2𝑎 𝑏 1 2
1 2 :𝑎 2 so 𝑏 5
22
𝑦 𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥
d𝑦
2𝑎𝑥 𝑏𝑥
d𝑥
radient is ero at 1,9
d𝑦
1 2𝑎 𝑏 0
d𝑥
𝑏 2𝑎 0 1
𝑦 1 𝑎 𝑏 9
𝑎 𝑏 9 2
2 1 : 3𝑎 9 so 𝑎 3 and 𝑏 6
23
𝑦 𝑎𝑥 4𝑥 𝑏𝑥
d𝑦
5𝑎𝑥 8𝑥 𝑏
d𝑥
radient is ero at 1, 8
d𝑦
1 5𝑎 8 𝑏 0 1
d𝑥
𝑦 1 𝑎 4 𝑏 8 2
1 2 : 4𝑎 4 8
𝑎 1 and 𝑏 13
rom calculator, local maximum of 𝑦 𝑥 4𝑥 13𝑥 is at 1.49, 20.9 .

Exercise 16B
1
𝑃 20𝑥 40𝑥
20𝑥 1 2𝑥
Only local maximum for positive 𝑥 is at 𝑥
√
1
𝑃 2.5
√2
Maximum profit is $2.5 million.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
2 rom calculator, the maximum for 𝑃 20𝑛 3𝑛 𝑛 for integer 1000𝑛

Worked solutions
Is 𝑃 1.256 17.26
The maximum profit is $1726
3 rom calculator, the maximum for
3 10 𝑣 1.2 10 𝑣 0.035𝑣 12
Is 77.1 9.96
At 77.1 km h the fuel consumption per 100 km is minimised.
4 𝑅 6𝑡 47𝑡 ,𝑡 2
Maximum 𝑅 is 𝑅 3.15 1.43
Maximum growth rate occurs at time 3.15 hours.
5 a 𝑃 40 cm
b 𝐴 𝑥 20 𝑥
egative quadratic has its maximum midway between the roots: 𝐴 10 100 cm .
6 a 𝐴 42 cm
b 𝑃 6𝑥 28𝑥
rom calculator, minimum for positive 𝑥 is 𝑃 2.16 25.9 cm.
7 𝑉 𝑥 9 𝑥
rom calculator, maximum for positive 𝑥 is 𝑉 6 108 cm .
8 a Other side has length 36𝑥 cm.
72
𝑃 2𝑥
𝑥
b rom calculator, minimum 𝑃 for positive 𝑥 is 𝑃 6 24 cm.
9 et 𝑥 be one of the two parallel sides of fencing
The side opposite the house has length 45 2𝑥
𝐴 𝑥 45 2𝑥
egative quadratic has maximum midway between the roots so maximum 𝐴 is 𝐴 11.25
253 m .
10 a eight of box is 𝑥, length is 20 2𝑥 and width is 25 2𝑥
𝑉 𝑥 20 2𝑥 25 2𝑥
𝑥 4𝑥 90𝑥 500
4𝑥 90𝑥 500𝑥
b rom calculator, maximum 𝑉 for positive 𝑥 is 𝑉 3.68 821 cm .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

Worked solutions
𝑉 𝑥 460
460
𝑥
𝑆 2𝑥 4𝑥
1840
2𝑥
𝑥
b rom calculator, minimum 𝑆 for positive 𝑥 is 𝑆 9.73 284.
So the value of 𝑥 for which the cuboid has smallest surface area is 9.73.
12 a
𝑉 𝑥 2𝑥 2𝑥 225
225
2𝑥
𝑆 2 𝑥 2 2𝑥 2 2𝑥
6𝑥 4𝑥
675
4𝑥
𝑥
b rom calculator, minimum 𝑆 for positive 𝑥 is 𝑆 4.39 231 cm .
When 𝑥 4.39 cm, 2𝑥 8.77 cm and 112.5𝑥 5.85 cm.
The box dimensions are 4.39 cm 8.77 cm 5.85 cm.
13 a
𝑉 𝜋𝑟 500
500
𝜋𝑟
𝑆 2𝜋𝑟 2𝜋𝑟
1000
2𝜋𝑟
𝑟
b rom calculator, minimum 𝑆 for positive 𝑟 is 𝑆 4.30 349 cm .
500
𝑟 4.30, 8.60
𝜋𝑟
c Modelling the bottle as an exact cylinder does not take into account the shaping of a
standard bottle (neck, indented base) or the thickness of the plastic.
14 a
𝑆 2𝜋𝑟 2𝜋𝑟
2𝜋𝑟 𝑟 200𝜋
100
𝑟
𝑟
𝑉 𝜋𝑟
100𝜋𝑟 𝜋𝑟
b rom calculator, maximum volume for positive 𝑟 is 𝑉 5.77 1210 cm .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Worked solutions
Total pro it 𝑃 𝑥 23 0.5𝑥 2𝑥
23𝑥 0.5𝑥 2𝑥
rom calculator, maximum 𝑃 for positive 𝑥 is 𝑃 23 264
23 hats per week would maximise profit, according to this model.
16 a
𝑥 𝑥
𝑃 𝑥 22 9
3 6
𝑥
13𝑥
6
b rom calculator, maximum 𝑃 for positive 𝑥 is 𝑃 39 253.5.
or maximum profit, the model predicts that 39 key rings should be produced.
17 a
Pro it 𝑃 1000 100𝑥 𝑥 4
100 10 𝑥 𝑥 4
Roots are 𝑥 4, 10
egative quadratic has maximum midway between roots, so maximum profit occurs at
$𝑥 $7.
b The new model tapers the number of units sold, but always predicts that a non-negative
number will be sold. The original has negative sales predicted for 𝑥 10, which would
be unrealistic.

c Pro it 𝑃

rom calculator, maximum 𝑃 for positive 𝑥 is 𝑃 9 50.

The optimal price under the new model is $9.
18 a
istance 𝑑 peed time
1 200
4
𝑚 𝑚
800 200
𝑚 𝑚
b rom calculator, maximum 𝑑 for positive 𝑚 is 𝑑 0.5 800
Optimal mass is 0.5 kg.
19
𝑆 2𝜋𝑟 2𝜋𝑟
2𝜋𝑟 𝑟 3850𝜋
1925
𝑟
𝑟
𝑉 𝜋𝑟
1925𝜋𝑟 𝜋𝑟
b rom calculator, maximum volume for positive 𝑟 is 𝑉 25.3 102 000 cm .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

Worked solutions
𝑆 𝜋𝑟𝑙 23
23
𝑙
𝜋𝑟
𝑙 𝑟

23
𝑟
𝜋𝑟
1
𝑉 𝜋𝑟
3
𝑟
529 𝜋 𝑟
3
rom calculator, maximum volume for positive 𝑟 is 𝑉 2.06 12.9 cm .

Exercise 16C
8 Trape oidal rule approximation:
𝑥 4, 𝑛 4, 1

𝑥 4 0 1 0
𝑥 5 1 2 2
𝑥 6 1.414 2 2.828
𝑥 7 1.732 2 3.464
𝑥 8 2 1 2
10.293
5.146
2
Approximate area: 5.15
9 Trape oidal rule approximation:
𝑥 0, 𝑛 5, 0.6

𝑥 0.0 1 1 1
𝑥 0.6 1.483 2 2.966
𝑥 1.2 1.844 2 3.688
𝑥 1.8 2.145 2 4.290
𝑥 2.4 2.408 2 4.817
𝑥 3.0 2.646 1 2.646
19.406
5.822
2
Approximate area: 5.82

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

Worked solutions
𝑥 0.5, 𝑛 6, 0.5

𝑥 0.5 4.1 1 4.1

𝑥 1.0 5.4 2 10.8
𝑥 1.5 5.0 2 10.0
𝑥 2.0 4.6 2 9.2
𝑥 2.5 4.1 2 8.2
𝑥 3.0 3.6 2 7.2
𝑥 3.5 3.4 1 3.4
52.9
13.225
2
Approximate area: 13.2
11 a Trape oidal rule approximation:
𝑥 0.5, 𝑛 4, 1.5

𝑥 0.0 0.3 1 0.3

𝑥 1.5 1.8 2 3.6
𝑥 3.0 3.2 2 6.4
𝑥 4.5 2.1 2 4.2
𝑥 6.0 0.3 1 0.3
14.8

11.1
2

Approximate area: 11.1 m

b The real area is larger than this estimate, because the chords of the curve which form the
upper sides of the trape oids will all lie below the curve (the curve of the tunnel is
concave-down).
12 Trape oidal rule approximation:
𝑥 0, 𝑛 5, 0.6

𝑥 0.0 0 1 0
𝑥 0.6 0.864 2 1.728
𝑥 1.2 2.592 2 5.184
𝑥 1.8 3.888 2 7.776
𝑥 2.4 3.456 2 6.912
𝑥 3.0 0 1 0
21.600
6.480
2
Approximate area: 6.48

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
Worked solutions
1
3𝑥 𝑥 d𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
4
81
27
4
6.75
true alue appro imate alue
Percentage error 100
true alue
6.75 6.48
6.75
4
13 Each strip has the equivalent approximate area to a trape oid with side lengths as shown.
The edge triangles can be considered as trape oids with one side length being ero.
Trape oidal rule approximation:
𝑥 0.5, 𝑛 6, 0.5

𝑥 0 0 1 0
𝑥 2 8.6 2 17.2
𝑥 4 12.3 2 24.6
𝑥 6 21.5 2 43
𝑥 8 17.2 2 34.4
𝑥 10 9.1 2 18.2
𝑥 12 0 1 0
137.4
137.4
2
Approximate area: 137 m
14 Each strip has the equivalent approximate area to a trape oid with side lengths as shown.
Trape oidal rule approximation:
𝑥 32, 𝑛 4, 10

𝑥 32 62 1 62
𝑥 42 76 2 152
𝑥 52 52 2 104
𝑥 62 64 2 128
𝑥 72 64 1 64
510

2550
2
Approximate area: 2550 m

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 9

Worked solutions
𝑥 2, 𝑛 5, 0.4

𝑥 2.0 0 1 0
𝑥 2.4 0.632 2 1.265
𝑥 2.8 0.894 2 1.789
𝑥 3.2 1.095 2 2.191
𝑥 3.6 1.265 2 2.53
𝑥 4.0 1.414 1 1.414
9.189

1.838
2
Approximate area: 1.84
b This is an underestimate, because the curve is concave down.

Mixed Practice
1 a 6𝑥 4

radient is ero at 𝑥

2 2 2 4
𝑦 3 4
3 3 3 3
2 4
𝐴: ,
3 3
b

2 𝑦 4𝑥 𝑏𝑥
d𝑦
8𝑥 𝑏 0
d𝑥
d𝑦
2 16 𝑏 0
d𝑥
𝑏 16

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 10

Worked solutions
b 𝑥

4 Stationary point on the curve 𝑦 4𝑥 is at 𝑥 0.855

5 rom calculator, the minimum of 𝑦 4𝑥 3𝑥 8 is at 0.5,7

6 a

Maximum at , , mimima in the interval at the end points 0, 0 and 3, 0 .

√

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 11

Worked solutions
𝑥 0, 𝑛 6, 0.5

𝑥 0.0 0 1 0
𝑥 0.5 2.1875 2 4.375
𝑥 1.0 8 2 16
𝑥 1.5 15.1875 2 30.375
𝑥 2.0 20 2 40
𝑥 2.5 17.1875 2 34.375
𝑥 3.0 0 1 0
125.125
31.28125
2
Approximate area: 31.3
7 Trape oidal rule approximation:
𝑥 2, 𝑛 5, 2

𝑥 2 0 1 0
𝑥 4 0.693 2 1.386
𝑥 6 1.099 2 2.197
𝑥 8 1.386 2 2.773
𝑥 10 1.609 2 3.219
𝑥 12 1.792 1 1.792
11.367
11.367
2
Approximate area: 11.4
8 a
2 2 88
44
𝐴 44
b egative quadratic has its maximum midway between the roots.
Maximum 𝐴 is at 22, 22 (ie when the rectangle is a square).
c 𝐴 22 484 cm
9 rom calculator, minimum 𝐿 for positive 𝑣 is 𝐿 65.8 17.2
Optimum speed for fuel consumption is 65.8 km h .
10 a Edges: 4 2𝑥 4 𝑥 4 𝑦 48
3𝑥 𝑦 12
𝑦 12 3𝑥
b
𝑉 2𝑥 𝑥 𝑦
2𝑥 12 3𝑥
24𝑥 6𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 12

d 𝑉 is a negative cubic with a double root at 𝑥 0, so the maximum for positive 𝑥 is the
non- ero root of .

𝑉 is maximum at 𝑥 2.67 m

𝑉 56.9 m

ength 2𝑥 5.33 m, height 𝑦 4m

ur ace area 2 2𝑥 𝑥 2 2𝑥 𝑦 2 𝑥 𝑦
4𝑥 6𝑥𝑦
8
𝑥 ,𝑦 4: 𝑆 92.4 m
3
90 15 6 𝑆 105 15 7
To paint the container requires 7 cans of paint.
11
d𝑦
2𝑥 3𝑥 0
d𝑥
3
𝑥
2
3
𝑥 1.14
2
The point is 1.14, 3.93
12
𝑦 𝑎𝑥 48𝑥 𝑏
d𝑦
2𝑎𝑥 48
d𝑥
d𝑦
8 16𝑎 48 0
d𝑥
𝑎 3
𝑦 8 64𝑎 384 𝑏 21
𝑏 213
13
𝑦 3𝑥 𝑎𝑥
d𝑦
6𝑥 𝑎𝑥
d𝑥
d𝑦
1 6 𝑎 0
d𝑥
𝑎 6
𝑦 1 3 𝑎 9
d𝑦
6𝑥 𝑥 1
d𝑥
The only stationary point is at 𝑥 1, so the local minimum is 1, 9 .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 13

Worked solutions
𝑥 0, 𝑛 4, 1

𝑥 0 1 1 1
𝑥 1 0.368 2 0.736
𝑥 2 0.135 2 0.271
𝑥 3 0.050 2 0.100
𝑥 4 0.018 1 0.018
.1 4

1.062
2
Approximate area: 1.062
b rom calculator:

e d𝑥 0.982 to 3 s. .

true alue appro imate alue

Percentage error 100
true alue
0.9817 1.062
100
0.9817
8.20
15 a rom calculator: local maximum of the cubic is at 0.423 0.385
The coordinates are 0.423, 0.385 .
b End values for the domain are 0 0 and 3 6 so the greatest value for this
domain is 6.
16 0.2𝑥 3𝑥 7.5𝑥 1.3𝑥 1
rom calculator, the local minimum in the interval is at 9.19, 256 .
The end points are 0,1 and 10, 236 so the minimum value in the interval is 256.
17 b id
𝑉 𝑥 𝑥 𝑦 300 so 𝑦 300𝑥
𝑆 2𝑥 4𝑥𝑦 2𝑥 1200𝑥
rom calculator, minimum 𝑆 for positive 𝑥 is 𝑆 6.69 269 cm .
i d
𝑉 𝜋𝑟 300 so 300 𝜋𝑟
𝑆 2𝜋𝑟 2𝜋𝑟 2 𝜋𝑟 300𝑟
rom calculator, minimum 𝑆 for positive 𝑟 is 𝑆 3.63 248 cm .
The cylinder offers the smallest possible surface area, with 𝑟 3.63 cm and 7.26 cm.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 14

Worked solutions
b
20𝑙 3000
3000 150
𝑙
20
c
ength o string is 2𝑙 4 2 20 2 150 4 40
300 4 40
Tip: There is no indication in the question or the mark scheme to justify why 0 20.
That being the case, no comment is needed.
In most similar circumstances, you may need to justify the domain.
d

𝑆 is minimum for positive at √75 8.66

𝑙 17.3

𝑆 8.66 109 cm
19 a
𝑉 𝜋𝑥 600
600
𝜋𝑥
b i
𝑆𝐴 2𝜋𝑥
1200
𝑥
ii 𝐴 2𝜋𝑥

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 15

d
d𝐴 1200
0: 𝑥
d𝑥 4𝜋
300
𝑥 4.57
𝜋

𝐴 4.57 394 cm
20
𝑦 𝑎𝑥 2𝑥 𝑏𝑥 45
d𝑦
3𝑎𝑥 4𝑥 𝑏
d𝑥
d𝑦
2 12𝑎 8 𝑏 0 1
d𝑥
𝑦 2 8𝑎 8 2𝑏 45 5
8𝑎 2𝑏 48 0 2
2 1 3 2 : 4𝑏 128 0
𝑏 32
1 : 12𝑎 𝑏 8 24 so 𝑎 2
𝑦 2𝑥 2𝑥 32𝑥 45
rom calculator, this cubic has local minimum at 2,5 and local maximum at 2.67, 107
21 a
𝑇 𝑎𝑡 𝑏𝑡 𝑐𝑡 𝑑
𝑇 2 4, 𝑇 15 28
8𝑎 4𝑏 2𝑐 𝑑 4 1
3375𝑎 225𝑏 15𝑐 𝑑 28 2
d𝑇
3𝑎𝑡 2𝑏𝑡 𝑐
d𝑡
d𝑇 d𝑇
2 0 15
d𝑡 d𝑡
12𝑎 4𝑏 𝑐 0 3
675𝑎 30𝑏 𝑐 0 4
rom calculator solver for simultaneous equations:
𝑎 0.022, 𝑏 0.56, 2.0, 𝑑 5.9
𝑇 0.022𝑡 0.56𝑡 2.0𝑡 5.9
b According to the model, 𝑇 23.8 7.97° C
The model proposes a temperature for midnight at end of day as 9.84° C, which is far
from the 5.9° C predicted for midnight at the start of the day. The model therefore won’t
be viable to track consecutive days.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 16

Worked solutions
𝑥 48 2𝑥 so the maximum is at 𝑥 24 the function is strictly increasing
for 21 𝑥 22.5.
𝑎 has range 15 𝑎 24 : 77 𝑎 4
𝑏 has range 21.5 𝑏 22.5 : 2.25 𝑏 1.75
Then the maximum value of 𝑎 𝑏 is 4 2.25 6.25
23 a Estimating using vertical strips for 7 𝑥 12
Each strip has the equivalent approximate area to a trape oid with side lengths being the
difference of the two ends. The first strip is a triangle which can be considered as a
trape oid with one side length being ero.
Trape oidal rule approximation:
𝑥 7, 𝑛 5, 1

𝑥 7 0 1 0
𝑥 8 9 6 3 2 6
𝑥 9 11 4 7 2 14
𝑥 10 12 3 9 2 18
𝑥 11 12 3 9 2 18
𝑥 12 13 3 10 1 10
66

33
2

Approximate area: 33 square units.

b Area on map is 33 cm .
This is equivalent to an actual area of 33 25 20 625 m .

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 17

Worked solutions
1 a
7
15 2𝑑
2𝑑 8
𝑑 4
b 19𝑑 83
c
𝑛
𝑆
2
20
𝑆 7 83 900
2
2 a 𝑦 𝑥 4

radient of 𝐿 is

b 𝑘 𝑦 9 9 4 2

c has gradient , passes through 9, 2 .

has equation 𝑦 2 𝑥 9

2𝑦 4 3𝑥 27
3𝑥 2𝑦 31
3 a rom :

b ori ontal asymptote 𝑦 0

c 𝑥 e

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 1

Worked solutions
The domain is 𝑥 2.5
b Range is 𝑥 0
c

5
𝑥 𝑥
2
5
𝑥 𝑥
2
37
4 18.5
2
5 a sing cosine rule:
𝐴 𝐵 𝐴𝐵
cos 𝐴 𝐵 0.778
2 𝐴 𝐵
𝐴 𝐵 38.9°
b
1
Area 𝐴 𝐵 sin 𝐴 𝐵
2
95.5 cm
6 26,20.25
a √20.25 4.5
b rom , P 21.0 𝑥 25.3 0.305
c rom ,𝑎 28.2
7 a 𝑦 2 𝑥 2 𝑥 e has roots at 𝐴 2,0 and 𝐵 2,0
b rom :

haded area 4 𝑥 e d𝑥 15.6

8 a rom : Median is 4.5

b ower quartile: 3
pper quartile:
5 3 2
c 𝑛 10
umber of students scoring at least 4: 7
7
P 4
10

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

Worked solutions
1
olume ase area height
3
1
3.2 2.8
3
9.56 cm
b ass 9.3 9.56 88.9 g
c onsidering triangle 𝐴𝐵 :
𝐴 𝐴𝐵 𝐵 2 3.2
.
So 𝐴

onsidering triangle 𝐴 𝑉:

𝐴𝑉 𝐴 𝑉
3.2
2.8
2
3.6 cm
d sing cosine rule in triangle 𝐵𝑉 :
𝐵𝑉 𝑉 𝐵
cos 𝐵𝑉 0.605
2 𝐵𝑉 𝑉
𝐵𝑉 52.8°
Each triangular side has area
1
Area 𝐵𝑉 𝑉 sin 𝐵𝑉 5.16 cm
2
ase area 3.2 10.2 cm
Total sur ace area 4 5.16 10.2 30.9 cm

10 a Root at root of numerator: 𝑥

𝑦-intercept at 𝑥 0: 0,

ertical asymptote at root of denominator: 𝑥 4

ori ontal asymptote is value as 𝑥 :𝑦 2
b 𝑥 4

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

Worked solutions
d 2.85078, 2.35078 or 0.35078, 0.85078
1
𝐿 has gradient 1 and passes through 2, 3
𝐿 has equation 𝑦 3 𝑥 2
𝑦 𝑥 5
11
𝑦 2 2 3 2 10
d𝑦
1 6𝑥
d𝑥
d𝑦
2 11
d𝑥
ormal at 2,10 has gradient

ormal has equation 𝑦 10 𝑥 2

11𝑦 110 𝑥 2
𝑥 11𝑦 112 0
12 a log 𝑥 3 so 𝑥 10 1000
b log 0.01 2
13 a The question has been corrected to: Expand and simplify 2𝑥 𝑥 3𝑥
2𝑥 𝑥 3𝑥 8𝑥 𝑥 3𝑥 8𝑥 24𝑥

b 2𝑥 𝑥 3𝑥 56𝑥 48𝑥

14 a 18𝑟

b 𝑆

c 26.28

rom :𝑟 1.05 or 0.315

Try computing the sum using r -1.0 , and you will find that the only valid solution is
r 0.31

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

Worked solutions
sing :
𝑛 18
𝐼
𝑃𝑉 200
𝑃 𝑇 0
𝑉 211
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝐼 : 𝐼 3.57
e needs an annual interest rate of 3.6 (to 1 d.p.)
16 Require that

P 𝑥 1
1 1 1 205
𝑘 1
4 9 16 144
144
𝑘
205
𝑥P 𝑥
1 2 3 4
𝑘
1 2 3 4
25
𝑘
12
300
205
60
41
17 et be the number of brown eggs in a box.
240,0.05
a 240 0.05 12
b P 15 0.0733
c
P 10 1 P 9
1 0.236
0.764

18 a radient 𝐷 2

b radient 𝐴𝐷

Since 2 1, the two lines are perpendicular

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Worked solutions
𝐷 has equation 𝑦 1 2 𝑥 1
𝑦 2𝑥 3 1
d 𝐴𝐵 has equation 𝑥 3𝑦 6 2
inding the intersection point:
1 2 2 : 5𝑦 15
𝑦 3 so 𝑥 6 3𝑦 3
The intersection point is 3, 3

𝐴𝐷 3 1 1 1 √20

Since 𝐴𝐷 𝐷:
1 1
Area 𝐴𝐷 𝐴𝐷 𝐷 √20√20 10
2 2
19 a i
olume 𝜋𝑟
𝜋 3.25 39
1294.14 cm
ii The diameter is 6.5 cm so the maximum number of balls is the rounded down value
of 6
.

iii Total volume occupied by the balls:

4
all olume 6 𝜋𝑟
3
8𝜋 3.25
862.76 cm
Then the volume of air is 1294.14 862.76 431.38 cm
This is equal to 431.38 10 4.31 10 m
b i 𝐵𝑇𝐿 𝐵𝐿𝑇 𝑇𝐵𝐿 180° so 𝐵𝑇𝐿 180 80 26.5 73.5°
sing the sine rule:
𝐵𝐿
𝐵𝑇 sin 𝐵𝐿𝑇
sin 𝐵𝑇𝐿
55.8 m
ii 𝑇 𝐵𝑇 sin 80° 55.0 m
iii sing cosine rule in triangle 𝐵𝑇 :
𝑇 𝐵 𝐵𝑇 2 𝐵 𝐵𝑇 cos 𝑇𝐵
200 55.8 2 200 55.8 cos 100°
46997
𝑇 217 m

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 6

Worked solutions
ii This is a strong positive correlation as number of bicycles increases, production cost
reliably increases in a mostly linear pattern.
b rom :
𝑦 260𝑥 699
c sing the regression equation, 𝑦 13 $4 079
d The total income for those 13 bicycles is 13 304 $3 952 which is less than the
estimated cost of production given in part c.
i ale price 𝑥 304𝑥
ii Pro it 304𝑥 260𝑥 699 44𝑥 699
iii or positive profit, require 44𝑥 699
𝑥 15.8
or positive profit, the factory must produce at least 1 bicycles per day.
21 et be the time taken (in minutes) to complete a test paper.
52, 7
a rom :P 45 0.159
b et be the number of students, in a group of 20, who complete the test in less than 45
minutes.
20,0.159
i P 1 0.119
ii
P 3 1 P 3
1 0.606
0.394
22 If 𝑥 study all three subjects (and every student studies at least one):
7 𝑥 study rench and Biology but not istory
4 𝑥 study rench and istory but not Biology
Then the number studying rench only must be 15 7 𝑥 4 𝑥 𝑥 4 𝑥
Working similarly:

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 7

Worked solutions
4 𝑥 7 𝑥 4 𝑥 𝑥 4 𝑥 3 𝑥 1 𝑥 23 𝑥 26
So 𝑥 3

b P 𝐵 𝐻

c P 𝐵

d A total of 8 students study istory, so 18 do not.

The probability that neither of two randomly selected students study istory is
18 17 153
𝑃 𝐻 ,𝐻
26 25 325
Then the probability that at least one studies history is the complement of this:
153 172
P at least one 𝐻 1
325 325

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 8

Worked solutions
Practice Paper 1

olutions
1 a 13 cm
b 38 (any answer between 30 and 40 is reasonable)
c 0.625
2 a rom : minimum value is at 𝑥 0, so range is
1
𝑥 ln 1.10
3
b 1 0.41
c rom : 𝑥 5 for 𝑥 21.1
3 a
𝑎 9𝑑 285 1
25
𝑆 2𝑎 24𝑑 9000
2
25𝑎 300𝑑 9000 2
b)
2 25 1 : 75𝑑 1875
𝑑 25 so 𝑎 285 9𝑑 60
4 a 80
b P 1 H 0.125

c P 2 0.6
5 a sing :
𝑛 60
𝐼 12
𝑃𝑉 20 000
𝑃 𝑇
𝑉 0
𝑃 12
12
Solving for 𝑃 𝑇: 𝑃 𝑇 444.89
She must make monthly payments of A 444.89 per month.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications and interpretation 1

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
b The total payments she would make total 60 444.89 26 693.40

Worked solutions
Therefore the total amount she would pay in interest is A 6 693.40
6 a H : Wine preference is independent of gender.
H : Wine preference and gender are not independent.
b egrees of freedom: 3 1 2 1 2
4.74 𝑝 0.0935 0.05
c 𝑝 0.05 so do not reject H there is insufficient evidence at 5 level to conclude that
gender and wine preference are not independent.
7 a 60°
𝜋 𝑟 𝜋𝑟
ector area
360 6
𝜋𝑟
olume ector area height
6
𝑘 6
b
13.5 𝑟 14.5
8.45 8.55
𝜋 13.5 8.45 𝜋 14.5 8.55
𝑉
6 6
806 cm 𝑉 941 cm
8 a i 𝐷 0 0.5 so initially there are 500 infected trees.
ii 𝐷 2 4.220 so after 2 years there are 4 0 infected trees.
b rom calculator, 𝐷 6 when 𝑡 3.48
There will be 6000 trees after 3.48 years (about a week less than 3 years and months)
c The model predicts that the number of diseased trees will increase towards an upper limit
of 10 000, which may represent the total number of trees in this population.
9 a et the base of the pyramid be 𝐴𝐵 𝐷 and the vertex , with the midpoint of the base
lying vertically below so that 50 cm
Then triangle 𝐴 has angle 𝐴 90° and 𝐴 75°

By trigonometry 𝐴 51.8 cm
°

b And 𝐴 13.4 cm
°

Then the base diagonal 𝐴 2𝐴 26.8 cm

c The base area is given by 359.12 cm

1
olume base area height
3
1
359.12 50
3
5 985 cm

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

Worked solutions
H :
b rom , using pooled variance: 𝑝 0.0338 0.1
c 𝑝 0.1 so reject H there is sufficient evidence at the 10 level that the mean length
of perch in the two river populations is different.
d It was assumed that both populations were normally distributed and also that they have
the same variance.
11 a The edge which is the perpendicular bisector of 𝐵 :
6 2 4
radient 𝐵
6 3 3
3
radient o edge
4
Midpoint of 𝐵 is 4.5, 4

Equation of edge is 𝑦 4 𝑥 4.5

4𝑦 16 3𝑥 13.5
3𝑥 4𝑦 29.5
6𝑥 8𝑦 59
b rawing the additional line on the diagram, 4, 5 is still in the cell of , so the phone
mast providing the signal in 4, 5 will be .
c State at which point someone must be to potentially be receiving a signal from mast 𝐴,
and .
The vertex 6, 11 receives signal from 𝐴, and .
12 a 𝑃 0 3.5 so 𝑐 3.5
𝑃 7 0 49𝑎 7𝑏 3.5 1
By symmetry around the maximum 𝑃 4.5 :
𝑃 2 0 4𝑎 2𝑏 3.5 2
sing calculator to solve:
𝑎 0.25, 𝑏 2.25
b Then 𝑃 4.5 1.56
er maximum weekly profit is 1560.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

Worked solutions
d𝑙 𝑘
d𝑡 √𝑡
d𝑙 𝑘
4 0.14
d𝑡 √4
𝑘 0.28
d𝑙 0.28 .
0.28𝑡
d𝑡 √𝑡
b
d𝑙
𝑙 d𝑡 𝑙 0
d𝑡
0.56𝑡 . 1.2
So 𝑙 25 4
A 25 year old shark is predicted by the model to be 4 m long.
c The model indicates that sharks always have a positive growth they never stop growing
but that growth slows as the shark ages.

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

Worked solutions
Practice Paper 2

olutions
1 a i
12 3𝑥 3
𝑦 6 𝑥
2 2
radient of 𝑙 is

ii 0,6

b 𝑙 has gradient and passes through 𝑃 3, 5

𝑙 has equation 𝑦 5 𝑥 3

3𝑦 15 2𝑥 6
2𝑥 3𝑦 21 0
c
3𝑥 2𝑦 12 1
2𝑥 3𝑦 21 2
Intersection:
3 1 2 2 : 13𝑥 78
𝑥 6
has coordinates 6, 3

d i 6 0 3 6 √117 10.8

ii 𝑃 6 3 3 5 √13 3.61

ince 𝑃 𝑃 , area 𝑃 𝑃 𝑃 19.5

2 a

P 𝑥 1 0.73 𝑝 𝑞

𝑝 𝑞 0.27 1

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 1

Worked solutions
𝑥P 𝑥
2 0.04 4 0.07 6𝑝 8𝑞 10 0.62
6.56 6𝑝 8𝑞 8.56
6𝑝 8𝑞 2
3𝑝 4𝑞 1 2
c
2 3 1 :𝑞 0.19
So 𝑝 0.27 𝑞 0.08
d et be the number of times, in 15 attempts, that Michele hits a bullseye
15,0.62
i P 8 0.161
ii
P 10 1 P 9
1 0.533
0.467
i 15 0.62 9.3
ii ar 15 0.62 1 0.62 3.534

sd ar 1.88
et be the number of rounds in which Michele hits the bullseye at least 10 times.
5, 0.467
P 3 1 P 3
1 0.851
0.149
3 a A cube with edge length 𝑥 has faces, each with area 𝑥 and volume 𝑉 𝑥 .

Then 𝑆 6𝑥 6𝑉
2
𝑘 6, 𝑐
3

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 2

Worked solutions
ii The graph of the inverse is the same curve, reflected through the line 𝑦 𝑥.
c i The domain of 𝑆 is 0 𝑉 125 so the range of 𝑆 is 0 𝑆 125
ii The range of 𝑆 is 0 𝑆 150 so the domain of 𝑆 is 0 𝑆 150

d 𝑆 𝑥

i 𝑆 54 27
ii 𝑆 54 gives the volume of a cube when the surface area is 54 square units.
4 a 𝑑 0 𝑑 8 0 and 𝑑 4 2.3

The half-period of the sine wave must be 8 so 𝑞 22.5

The amplitude of the sine wave must be 2.3 so 𝑝 2.3

b 𝑑 2 2.3 sin 45° 1.6263 1.63 m
c
True alue Appro imate alue
Percentage error 100
True alue
2.5 1.6263
100
2.5
34.9
d sing the values 𝑑 0 𝑑 8 0, 𝑑 4 2.3, 𝑑 2 2.5:
512𝑎 64𝑏 8𝑐 0
64𝑎 16𝑏 4𝑐 2.3
8𝑎 4𝑏 2𝑐 2.5
sing calculator solver: 𝑎 0.0323, 𝑏 0.531, 𝑐 2.18

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 3

From C: 𝑑 𝑥 d𝑥 12.2 m

5 a 𝑟 0.978
b 𝑟 is very close to 1, indicating a very strong positive correlation the points lie nearly on
a straight line with positive gradient, so a linear model is suitable.
c rom , after sorting the data:
𝑎 0.0444, 𝑏 2.56, 𝑐 0.0152, 𝑑 8.40
d i 90𝑎 𝑏 6.55
redict a cost of 6550 uros
ii 200𝑎 𝑏 11.4
redict a cost of 11 400 uros
iii 330𝑐 𝑑 13.4
redict a cost of 13 400 uros
i is reliable as 90 lies within the range of the data for the straight line.
ii is fairly reliable 200 is actually outside the range of the data for the regression line
𝑎𝑥 𝑏, but the whole data set is known to be strongly linear, and 200 does lie within
the complete data set.
iii is unreliable, as 330 lies outside the data set altogether, and extrapolation is not
reliable.
6 a i
𝑦 𝑥
d𝑦
𝑥
d𝑥
d𝑦 1
𝑝
d𝑥 𝑝

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 4

© Paul Fannon, Vesna Kadelburg, Ben Woolley, Steven Ward 2019
ii Then the tangent at 𝑝, 𝑝 will have gradient 𝑝 and so will have equation

Worked solutions
𝑦 𝑝 𝑝 𝑥 𝑝
𝑦 𝑝 𝑝 𝑥 𝑝
𝑝 𝑦 2𝑝 𝑥
𝑥 𝑝 𝑦 2𝑝 0
b i On the tangent line:

When 𝑥 0, 𝑦 so 𝑅 has coordinates 0,

When 𝑦 0, 𝑥 2𝑝 so has coordinates 2𝑝, 0

ii Then area 𝑅 0.5 2𝑝 2𝑝 2, independent of the value of 𝑝.

c 𝑅 2𝑝 2𝑝 2 𝑝 𝑝
d
Tip ind minimum using or calculus method such as shown below.
Remember that when finding a minimum distance, where the distance has been given by a
formula including a square root, it is usually easier to differentiate the square of the distance.
Since distance is non-negative, the minimum of the distance and the minimum of its square
must occur at the same value of the variable.
𝑅 will have a minimum when 𝑅 has a minimum
𝑅 4𝑝 4𝑝
d
𝑅 8𝑝 8𝑝 8𝑝 𝑝 1
d𝑝
d
𝑅 0 hen 𝑝 1, so 𝑝 1 since 𝑝 0
d𝑝

This represents a minimum since 𝑅 0 for 0 𝑝 1 and 𝑅 0

for 𝑝 1.
Minimum 𝑅 2√1 1 2√2 2.83

Mathematics for the IB Diploma: Applications & Interpretation 5

Common questions

Normal distribution approximates probabilities in binomial experiments using the central limit theorem when the number of trials is large and p is neither very close to 0 nor 1. It simplifies computations, transforming binomial calculations into continuous ones using z-scores .

The expected value calculation for Alessia's game is given by E(X) = ∑x P(X=x) = (1 * 1/2) + (-0.5 * 1/3) + (-1.5 * 1/6) = -1/12. This indicates that the expected loss for Alessia on each play is $1/12, meaning the game is not fair, as she expects to lose money on average .

The statistical evidence supporting the lack of correlation is the Spearman's rank correlation coefficient (rₛ) of 0.857, which is greater than the critical value 0.571, indicating a positive correlation. However, in hypothesis testing terms, H₀ (the null hypothesis) states there is no correlation, while H₁ suggests a positive correlation .

Differences in variance can violate the assumption of homogeneity of variances in t-tests, especially the independent sample t-test. This affects the test's validity, potentially leading to incorrect conclusions about the equality of group means .

Degrees of freedom in a chi-square test relate to the number of categories minus one. It influences the critical value needed to reject the null hypothesis, affecting the test's ability to detect discrepancies between observed and expected frequencies .

The normal distribution model can be problematic because it assumes continuity and may predict scores outside feasible bounds (such as negative scores or scores over 100 in a test). As a result, discrepancies might appear when applying normal distribution to discrete data like exam scores .

In the context of infectious conditions, independence is crucial because if one employee has a cold, it likely affects the probability of others catching it. Thus, assuming independence can underestimate the true probability of an outbreak, suggesting independence is not always a valid assumption in such scenarios .

A paired sample t-test considers the differences in individual races before and after training, potentially offering more statistical power by reducing variance. In contrast, an independent sample t-test treats each sample separately without accounting for paired nature, possibly leading to less precise results .

The significance level, typically denoted by α (such as 0.05), defines the threshold for rejecting the null hypothesis. If the p-value in a test is less than α, the null hypothesis is rejected, suggesting sufficient evidence against it. It controls Type I error rate, balancing sensitivity and specificity .

Hypothesis testing helps evaluate the fairness of a game by examining if observed outcomes differ from expected ones under a fair scenario. For example, hypothesis testing compares actual distributions to expected distributions to determine if deviations are statistically significant, indicating potential bias or unfairness .

Logarithmic Solutions for IB Diploma
No ratings yet
Logarithmic Solutions for IB Diploma
360 pages
Polynomial Functions Pre-Test Review
No ratings yet
Polynomial Functions Pre-Test Review
9 pages
IB Mathematics Formula Booklet 2021
No ratings yet
IB Mathematics Formula Booklet 2021
14 pages
Math HL Formula Booklet 2015 Version
No ratings yet
Math HL Formula Booklet 2015 Version
15 pages
MCKK IB Mathematics Course Outline
No ratings yet
MCKK IB Mathematics Course Outline
9 pages
IB Math Tuition and Support Services
50% (2)
IB Math Tuition and Support Services
1 page
JC1 H2 Math Exam Revision Guide 2024
No ratings yet
JC1 H2 Math Exam Revision Guide 2024
43 pages
IBDP Grade 11 Math Exam Paper 2
No ratings yet
IBDP Grade 11 Math Exam Paper 2
9 pages
Urban Population and CO2 Emissions in Nigeria
No ratings yet
Urban Population and CO2 Emissions in Nigeria
11 pages
Muffin Weight Probability Analysis
No ratings yet
Muffin Weight Probability Analysis
19 pages
Model Drawing Strategies for 2nd Grade Math
No ratings yet
Model Drawing Strategies for 2nd Grade Math
56 pages
IB Math Standard Level Overview
No ratings yet
IB Math Standard Level Overview
7 pages
MATH HL Analysis and Approaches
No ratings yet
MATH HL Analysis and Approaches
856 pages
MYP 4 Year 10 Mathematics Overview 2024
No ratings yet
MYP 4 Year 10 Mathematics Overview 2024
15 pages
Math AA, SL
No ratings yet
Math AA, SL
83 pages
HSa 1 GK Aql
No ratings yet
HSa 1 GK Aql
25 pages
Exploring Logarithm Patterns and Methods
No ratings yet
Exploring Logarithm Patterns and Methods
31 pages
NCUK IFYME002 Mathematics Exam 2016-17
No ratings yet
NCUK IFYME002 Mathematics Exam 2016-17
12 pages
IMC2015 Sol Extended
No ratings yet
IMC2015 Sol Extended
21 pages
Financial Math Exam Practice Guide
No ratings yet
Financial Math Exam Practice Guide
61 pages
Advanced Calculus MAST10021 Overview
No ratings yet
Advanced Calculus MAST10021 Overview
209 pages
IB AA HL Mathematics Study Guide
No ratings yet
IB AA HL Mathematics Study Guide
5 pages
IB Mathematical Studies Student Book
No ratings yet
IB Mathematical Studies Student Book
5 pages
Bks MaiSL 7u8u Wsol Xxaann
No ratings yet
Bks MaiSL 7u8u Wsol Xxaann
32 pages
IB MYP5 Math Practice Paper 3
No ratings yet
IB MYP5 Math Practice Paper 3
9 pages
Oxford IB Diploma Mathematics Review
No ratings yet
Oxford IB Diploma Mathematics Review
75 pages
Engineering Maths: First Order Differential Equations
No ratings yet
Engineering Maths: First Order Differential Equations
39 pages
A Level Physics Excerpts
No ratings yet
A Level Physics Excerpts
48 pages
IMO Official Exam Archive 1959-2025
No ratings yet
IMO Official Exam Archive 1959-2025
113 pages
Staff Reference Copy: Gateway College
No ratings yet
Staff Reference Copy: Gateway College
468 pages
IMC 2014 Solutions Document
No ratings yet
IMC 2014 Solutions Document
11 pages
IB Physics Syllabus 2025 Overview
No ratings yet
IB Physics Syllabus 2025 Overview
25 pages
MYP 4 Math Assessment Guide 2023-24
0% (1)
MYP 4 Math Assessment Guide 2023-24
5 pages
Function Symmetries and Transformations
No ratings yet
Function Symmetries and Transformations
10 pages
Solving Linear Equations in Finance
No ratings yet
Solving Linear Equations in Finance
3 pages
STEP Mathematics 3 Mark Scheme 2020
No ratings yet
STEP Mathematics 3 Mark Scheme 2020
32 pages
IB Math Course Acceptance by Universities
No ratings yet
IB Math Course Acceptance by Universities
4 pages
IB Dip Tsokos-Physics
100% (1)
IB Dip Tsokos-Physics
850 pages
Comprehensive SAT Math Study Guide
No ratings yet
Comprehensive SAT Math Study Guide
1 page
IB Math Exam Practice Workbook SL
No ratings yet
IB Math Exam Practice Workbook SL
29 pages
Physics Paper 2 Mark Scheme Analysis
No ratings yet
Physics Paper 2 Mark Scheme Analysis
11 pages
Oxford Diploma Programme Exam Practice
100% (1)
Oxford Diploma Programme Exam Practice
65 pages
A Level Polynomial Division Questions
No ratings yet
A Level Polynomial Division Questions
3 pages
IB Physics Higher Level Worked Solutions
No ratings yet
IB Physics Higher Level Worked Solutions
4 pages
Exam-Style Questions for DP Mathematics
No ratings yet
Exam-Style Questions for DP Mathematics
18 pages
Further Maths
No ratings yet
Further Maths
647 pages
A Level Integration Practice Paper
No ratings yet
A Level Integration Practice Paper
12 pages
Asymptotes in IB Mathematics MAA 2.7
No ratings yet
Asymptotes in IB Mathematics MAA 2.7
12 pages
Atwood's Machine for Variable Mass Systems
No ratings yet
Atwood's Machine for Variable Mass Systems
11 pages
Comprehensive Math Past Paper Topics
No ratings yet
Comprehensive Math Past Paper Topics
82 pages
IB MYP5 Math Practice Paper 2
No ratings yet
IB MYP5 Math Practice Paper 2
10 pages
2023 Maths Bank AA SL Mock Paper 1
No ratings yet
2023 Maths Bank AA SL Mock Paper 1
12 pages
IB Math SL Syllabus Overview
No ratings yet
IB Math SL Syllabus Overview
1 page
Crawford International Math Exam 2023
No ratings yet
Crawford International Math Exam 2023
22 pages
Mathematics Paper 2 SL PDF
No ratings yet
Mathematics Paper 2 SL PDF
16 pages
Trigonometric Functions Exercises
No ratings yet
Trigonometric Functions Exercises
19 pages
Worked Solutions for Sequences & Series
No ratings yet
Worked Solutions for Sequences & Series
48 pages
IB Diploma Math Solutions: Exponents & Logarithms
No ratings yet
IB Diploma Math Solutions: Exponents & Logarithms
12 pages
2011 Year 12 Mathematics Trial Solutions
No ratings yet
2011 Year 12 Mathematics Trial Solutions
12 pages
March 2023 S4 Maths Test Solutions
No ratings yet
March 2023 S4 Maths Test Solutions
2 pages
BSc Energy Engineering Curriculum Overview
No ratings yet
BSc Energy Engineering Curriculum Overview
8 pages
NEET 2026 Analysis
No ratings yet
NEET 2026 Analysis
20 pages
IT Awareness for UPSC Aspirants
No ratings yet
IT Awareness for UPSC Aspirants
6 pages
Steel Fiber Reinforced Concrete Study
No ratings yet
Steel Fiber Reinforced Concrete Study
17 pages
mcrtFOAM: Monte Carlo Solver for Radiative Transfer
No ratings yet
mcrtFOAM: Monte Carlo Solver for Radiative Transfer
15 pages
Best Window Cleaner Experiment Results
No ratings yet
Best Window Cleaner Experiment Results
3 pages
Multiparticle Dynamics and Rotational Motion
No ratings yet
Multiparticle Dynamics and Rotational Motion
92 pages
Discrete-Time Pontryagin Principles
No ratings yet
Discrete-Time Pontryagin Principles
11 pages
Steel Structure Design: Bending & Compression
No ratings yet
Steel Structure Design: Bending & Compression
2 pages
Overview of Physics and Chemistry
No ratings yet
Overview of Physics and Chemistry
2 pages
Wheel/Rail Contact Wear Simulation Model
No ratings yet
Wheel/Rail Contact Wear Simulation Model
8 pages
Histogram and Ogive Construction Guide
No ratings yet
Histogram and Ogive Construction Guide
13 pages
Slim Compact Piezo Inertia Actuator Study
No ratings yet
Slim Compact Piezo Inertia Actuator Study
10 pages
JJAP Paper Submission Template 2022
No ratings yet
JJAP Paper Submission Template 2022
7 pages
Pavement and Concrete Design Principles
No ratings yet
Pavement and Concrete Design Principles
11 pages
Midspan Beam Design Calculations
No ratings yet
Midspan Beam Design Calculations
9 pages
Understanding Auras and Their Colors
No ratings yet
Understanding Auras and Their Colors
19 pages
Pseudo-Lullian Diagrams in Alchemy
No ratings yet
Pseudo-Lullian Diagrams in Alchemy
32 pages
GSC002 Rev.05
No ratings yet
GSC002 Rev.05
51 pages
Concrete Detailing Guidelines Review
No ratings yet
Concrete Detailing Guidelines Review
18 pages
BSE Property of ℓ1(Z2, max) Algebra
No ratings yet
BSE Property of ℓ1(Z2, max) Algebra
13 pages
Physics Xii (2025-26) Neet
No ratings yet
Physics Xii (2025-26) Neet
7 pages
EN-TM Machine V4.50 CC300
100% (1)
EN-TM Machine V4.50 CC300
230 pages
Class 6 Solids Liquids and Gases
No ratings yet
Class 6 Solids Liquids and Gases
11 pages
Melting Analysis of Nano-PCM Storage Unit
No ratings yet
Melting Analysis of Nano-PCM Storage Unit
19 pages
Engineering Drawing and Design, 6th Edition David A. Madsen Full Chapters
100% (1)
Engineering Drawing and Design, 6th Edition David A. Madsen Full Chapters
170 pages
Havells Endura LED Well Glass Specs
No ratings yet
Havells Endura LED Well Glass Specs
9 pages
JEE Main Physics Model Question Paper
No ratings yet
JEE Main Physics Model Question Paper
17 pages
Crystallographic Forms Atlas Guide
No ratings yet
Crystallographic Forms Atlas Guide
25 pages
Weaving Process Teaching Plan
67% (3)
Weaving Process Teaching Plan
23 pages